The Mystery of God (1994), Part 3

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

HAVING DONE MY BEST TO SHOW YOU THAT THERE ARE EVER SO MANY FALSE WITNESSES IN THE WORLD TODAY, ALL CLAIMING TO BE FOLLOWERS OF THE MESSAGE BROTHER WILLIAM BRANHAM WAS SENT BY GOD TO THIS AGE TO DELIVER, I WILL MAKE A FEW MORE COMMENTS AND THEN TRY TO MOVE ON TO OUR NEXT POINT.


I will just ask you, What have we learned in the past 28 years? Have we learned anything the church world in general was ignorant of? I pray to God that we have. Otherwise that 7th verse in Revelation 10 has no meaning whatsoever to us. “But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.” But in the days, that means that period of time, from here to wherever this ends. Just think of it, From 1965 when the prophet to this age died, until now, 29 years have come and gone; and the movement as a whole has not learned one earthly thing in that period of time. I repeat, Not one earthly thing. They still say, Just say what the tape says, and that is exactly what those quoters do. They spend a lot of time memorizing those quotes; but they do not spend one minute analyzing the messages on those tapes to try and catch the picture the prophet was presenting when he preached those messages. What he presented was designed to help us get back into the Bible; but has it done that for the greater majority of those who claim to be followers of his message? Absolutely not; and because it has not been allowed to put them back in the Bible, they are worse than the denominational system of religion they came out of. There were a lot of people who for a period of time sat under his ministry, read his printed messages and followed the crowd, many of them highly educated; and after so long, they have decided that he must have been a false prophet. They cannot see anything from a spiritual standpoint, so they end up saying, No true prophet can speak like that, saying things two different ways; and they go back to the denominations. I would just like to remind you of something. It is true, when the Old Testament prophets wrote prophecy, they did not write it with plural statements. It is a sure thing that they were commissioned to present a true picture, or at least part of a picture, that would point those believers to Jesus Christ and what He was sent to accomplish at Calvary. Some prophets of old did not speak of such an event in full clarification; but neither did they present dual statements concerning the part they did write of. One might bring forth a brief little point of it and say no more; but later on another one would come along and say some more and when you put the two together, you begin to see how they link up to present a total picture. That is how God chose to hide the truth from the wise people and reveal it to those who love truth. He just simply scattered the various parts of the total picture around: so that only those who are led by the Holy Spirit are able to see the complete picture. When you come to a New Testament age, Jesus said in His parables, that in the end time there would be a harvest of the product produced through the ages; but during that harvest season, in the ending of it all, there would be a separation, a purification: whereby the make believers would be bound together for burning and the true believers taken to glory: to be with their Lord. Of course that has to take place in a spiritual sense; but as it does take place in a spiritual sense it has to have an earthly, individual application, so that the living end time believers meet the same specifications, scripturally speaking, that the Church started out with. Therefore a preaching prophet like Bro. Branham was, since he definitely was NOT a writing prophet, God could use him to say anything He needed said in order to sift through those who followed after his teaching. God never did intend for us to just blindly follow His anointed servants without taking every teaching to the scriptures for conformation. God intended for His servants to present a scriptural foundation for every doctrinal teaching. That is to stand completely apart from any remark or statement made at other times. We are all human: with human tendencies that have been formed by much tradition in our former lives; but regardless of that fact, God is able to lead us through all of the ideas and opinions, right to the true revelation of every subject. Believe me though, when I point out to you that from one standpoint God would cause Bro. Branham to say certain things that were the very essence of truth; and if you have the Holy Ghost, you will see exactly where the statement leads you to. However if you are just a tare, playing the part of a believer, and looking for something to play around with, and argue about, then God saw to it that the same man would say something from time to time that would give such characters a bag full of quotes to run with. This is what the prophet said, blah, blah, blah. How true that is: He did say those things they are always quoting; but those fellows did not really know the man they are quoting. Since they did not know the man as well as they thought they did, it would be very hard for them to know what he meant, or why the plural statements were made. You must remember this, Behind the man was the hand of God, with a purpose for every statement he presented to those who would ever hear his words. Let us look at it this way, When we come to serpent seed, there were many things left unclear. When we come to the first resurrection, over and over I heard him say, The foolish virgins go through the tribulation, they are martyred. He left it as though they would not appear again until the great white throne judgment. There is where in the last resurrection they would be raised. However when you begin to study the Bible, that is not the way the Bible lines it up. Also when we come to the seventy weeks of Daniel you have a sermon he took two weekends to teach, clarifying and establishing beyond any shadow of doubt right from the scriptures that there are yet seven years left, which constitute one full week of the seventy weeks. Then over here in 1963, when he preached the revelation of the seals, he just threw it out there all alone, There is only three and one half years left to the Jew. Then in Questions and Answers he says the same thing. Therefore when God took the man from our midst it left the movement hanging in mid air; and most of it is still hanging right there. Church order put them all in confusion. The Millennium was left a mystery; because a lot of them could only see Jesus and His Bride living here immortal, and nothing else. I came along later, when we preached The Age of Regeneration and taught that there would be babies born in the Millennium: simply because I saw it in the scriptures; and that really brought forth some howling. That really stirred up a hornet’s nest. I will never forget; and I am going to say it this time, Perry Green’s own father called me one night, got me out of bed and said, I hear that you teach there will be children born in the Millennium. I said Yes. Well Bro. Jackson, I believe I would be careful: Because you know the prophet never said anything like that. I said, I know that; but I preach it because Isaiah said it. Now that is where either we walk with God or we stop dead in our tracks and say, There is no more revelation. They who think there is no more revelation; and that it is all over, to them it is. If I were them I would just stop preaching. What is the purpose? I would sit down, close my Bible and say, Lord, I am going into retirement. They would be better off; and so would the people who are persuaded by them. To keep preaching something they are not clear on; and really know nothing about, only causes them to confuse people that have never heard the pro’s and con’s of the things they quote. People who are hearing something for the first time, without it being presented from the scriptures; and without the opportunity to take it to the scriptures themselves, can easily accept as truth those things they are hearing. It is those who have had the opportunity to examine both versions in the light of the scriptures and still hold to the wrong version, or try to accept both statements just because the prophet spoke them, that God is going to judge.


CHIPS OFF OF THE DENOMINATIONAL RELIGIOUS BLOCK


Let us look at this thing more seriously than some have in the past. I just have to acknowledge the grace of God He has shown me through these years on behalf of this and other controversial subjects. I have never heard one of these doctors of divinity that followed his ministry, and that just takes the quotes, ever take the Bible and try to straighten out anything. They have never straightened up the seventy weeks of Daniel, they have never straightened up serpent seed; and they will never straighten up anything else; simply because they are afraid to even consider anything the prophet did not lay out plainly before them. They take one line of quotes and that is what they preach and they leave it hang there. Well I can hear something that may not altogether be clear to me and I may not say anything at first; but I do know that everything written in this Bible that is relative to the Church’s edification, her growth in knowledge, wisdom and the statue, which is all to make us in the likeness, or image of Jesus Christ, is important enough that we are not going to leave here until we learn it. If you live long enough, you are going to learn what it is. There is not one thing in this book that God put there just to give men a job printing it. Everything written in the Bible is eventually to be fulfilled. That is why everything the Old Testament prophet prophesied concerning the advent and coming of Christ and what He was to do in that first advent coming was so important to those first age apostles and disciples: they covered everything from the time He was born, to the day He was crucified and ascended into heaven and the Holy Ghost coming back days later. I want you to know, the second sermon Peter ever preached, he said, Brethren: All those things beginning with the prophets, the Psalms and so forth, concerning Christ being crucified, buried and raising again, God hath fulfilled. Now all these scriptures laying here that are relative to His second coming and how the church is to be made ready according to Ephesians, and presented unto Him, if you live to the rapture, by the time the Church goes out of this world, every prophetic scripture is going to drop in place and you are going to be a recipient of it. There is no need of you sitting around in some religious system just playing church, saying That is irrelevant: I am not concerned about these mysteries and revelation, all I am interested in is Jesus. The Catholics say the same thing; and we know their doctrine is antichrist. The Baptist say the same thing. So do the Presbyterians and the Methodists. They are all chips off the old block of denominationalism. They have a limited capacity of what they are able to see, they dogmatically reject. Most of them do not even want to see anything their forefathers did not see. They take the name of the man that started up their brand of belief, conjure up an image of what they imagine he stood for; and when they apply that image to their own lives they think that Is all there is to being a Christian. No. If it was not necessary for you and I to be restored back to the same doctrine, principles and precepts of the early Church, there never would have been a Reformation. God would not have cared what the Catholic Church had done with the truth: if He had not intended for the raptured Church to be taken out of here believing the scriptures the same way those first Christians did. Keep in mind, That old Dark Age system had ruled for a thousand years, substituted or perverted every doctrine the true Church was founded upon; and by the time Martin Luther protested, it was the very system Satan himself had designed to fill the world with antichrist teachings of the scriptures. Yes they use the name Jesus, when it serves a purpose for them; but He is not Lord of that system. Rather, He is going to burn it. His name is the object around which they build the system; but they could not care less about a true revelation of the scriptures. Those poor souls held in bondage to that old system of religions faithfully pray with their beads in hand: Hail Mary, mother of god. Pray for us now and at the hour of our death, and so forth. It is very sad. They are going to need more than that to pray for them. Anyhow after a thousand years of being hammered with that, the world went into utter darkness spiritually. God raised up a man by the name of Wycliffe, and they martyred him. Then came Martin Luther, John Calvin, John Knox, Fox, Wesley and all of those we refer to as reformers. God watched over them. Some were martyred, others were persecuted; but as long as they had a burning message to restore a truth, God was right there to protect them. He designed the whole thing so right here at the end of the Age, the Church has the apostolic truth of the word of God restored to her. That is why I said, Have we learned anything? I believe we have. After Bro. Branham’s death, naturally a lot of people were roaming around saying, Well he will come back from the dead: he still has a work to finish. Multitudes around this world believed that. Many of them still believe that. They do not like to hear me say this; but I have always said this, Once God takes His man, that man has spoken his final verbal word to the Church. Whatever he spoke that seemed incomplete, God has His ways of filling in the missing parts. Whatever he said, and regardless of how he said it, time alone will vindicate God’s true purpose in allowing things to go as they did. God will make sure the bride Church knows what it all meant. The quoting element of the overall movement has said, Anyone else that comes along preaching something the prophet did not preach, is just trying to make himself something. They are hung up on that. That is why they say, If God does do anything He will have to do it through His prophet. They will say it like this, The word of the Lord comes only to the prophet. Now let us explain that. How many times did I hear Bro. Branham quote that! Many, many times. Do not forget though, he was under an Old Testament, Elijah spirit anointing. In a sense, he had to speak just like that Old Testament prophet would have. Keep in mind also, he was not a writing prophet. He was a preaching prophet. Therefore I want to show you something else. Nowhere in the entire writing of the epistles of the New Testament will you find any of the New Testament apostles referring back to Jesus as a prophet. It was the apostle Paul in Hebrews, that spoke of Jesus as being the apostle and high priest of our profession. Coming from the Old Testament side, the Jews, through the Law, from their angle, as they look toward their Messiah, who was anointed of God and had God dwelling in Him, was the Prophet of all that those prophets had spoken of. Keep in mind, Jesus Christ was the end of the Law to every one that believeth. Therefore on this side of the Law, when we are in the second covenant, when He ascended up on high, He sent back a Comforter which was to dwell inside of us; and He is to be a teacher as well as a comforter. He set in His church apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors and teachers. Prophets in that sense are not Old Testament prophets, but New Testament prophets. You can see in the teachings of the apostle Paul, he plainly tells you the body, the mystery, is built upon the foundation of the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ Himself being the chief cornerstone. Now since the Catholic Church was Satan’s means of stripping the church from all these callings, even the gifts and things, then keep in mind, when God was to send that Elijah spirit again to restore us back to the faith of our fathers, that did not mean Old Testament fathers. It means we are to be restored to the faith of our Pentecostal, apostolic, new dispensation, new covenant fathers, which we read about in the book of Acts, as well as in the various epistles. Therefore we look back through all of this to Christ, from this side. That is why we preached years ago, The Two Sides of Christ. From the Law side He was a prophet, but from the New Testament side, He is the apostle and High Priest of our profession. These critics of everything outside of what they believe will say, We believe in apostles; but I have to say to them, You absolutely do not believe any such thing. You are just like the Pharisees of old. You are legalistic; and you do not like to see anything take place that does not fit into your religious program. In reality you do not want apostles in this age at all. You every one know that New Testament prophets are going to come out with things you do not want to hear: because they are not confined to something God did thirty years ago. They are moving on with God; and they are presenting the revelation of God’s word for this hour of time: just before the coming of the Lord for His bride Church. After 28 years of hearing these same quotations from Bro. Branham’s sermons, it would seem like someone ought to begin to realize, We are not going anywhere spiritually. That is a fact: You are just going in circles. Well let us get down to business then.


HOW GOD DEALT WITH ME


In the month of March in 1966, Bro. Branham was already cut off the scene. The movement as a whole had already lit in on us by then, Stay away from that Jackson group. He is a dreamer. They think that is bad. Anyhow I had this dream, and when I tell it they say, There goes that dreamer. As far as they are concerned, You are not supposed to have dreams any more. Saints of God: Listen to me, God is not yet finished manifesting His spirit. You just stick around. Make every effort to get your life and mind straightened out on those things you believe is truth. Before His Church leaves, you are going to see an element of people that have the Spirit of God working in their lives, leading them in strange ways. No the outside society will never accept it: but it is the way God has chosen to lead you. There are going to be all these things in there. That element is against us because we have not allowed them to dangle us on a string like a bunch of puppets.


MY DREAM


In this dream, I saw myself out in the field working on a fence. I could see that I was feeling very discouraged. I saw Bro. Branham walking up, and heard him say, Bro. Jackson. (You have heard this dream before; but I have to put it in the message.) He said, I want you to go speak for me. I said, I won’t do it. He said, Why? I said, They won’t believe me. He said, I want you to go speak for me. I said, I won’t do it. Again he said, Why? They won’t believe me. But the third time he said it in a very firm way and pointed his finger: I want you to go speak for me. When I saw him look at me that way, I saw myself take a piece of paper out of my pocket, and then I wrote seven sermon titles. I said, If I can speak on this I will go, but if I cannot, I will not. When he looked at it he said, Perfect. He turned and started walking away and I started following him. Then I awakened. People who still have that old denominational spirit on them will always say, I do not believe in things like that. How can they, when they are Christian’s by mental belief only, without spiritual revelation? People like that do not believe much of anything that comes by revelation of the Spirit of God. Many of them have a great respect for what is written in the scriptures; but they are without any illumination, without any inspiration, so all they can get from them is what can be understood in the natural. They will read from the Bible, where Jesus said to a multitude one day, “Verily I say unto you, there are some of you standing here that will not taste of death until they have seen the Son of Man coming in the power and glory of His kingdom.”  Then they read how He took three of His disciples, Peter, James and John, and went up into a mountain. As they entered this summit, the glory of God came down upon all of them. In this glory realm the disciples see Jesus’ countenance change. His face was made to shine like the sun. His raiment shined likewise. He was a glowing image of something they had never seen Him like in His natural appearance down here on earth. While in that vision, and please notice that it was a vision, these three disciples suddenly see two Old Testament prophets coming and talking to this man called Jesus, who is the Son of God. These disciples heard them telling Jesus of the things He was going to suffer on the cross. I ask you, Is that spiritualism? Think of it. Is that spiritualism? That is how God does many things. Moses was dead. Elijah was raptured; but the Spirit of God is eternal. He is omnipresent, and omniscient. Therefore He took the image’s of those two Old Testament men, for what they stood for in the day and hour of their individual lives and used those images to speak to the Son of God of things He was going to suffer shortly thereafter. It had a far greater purpose than what is seen in the natural. The fact that they saw those two prophets in that image structure, also typed the fact that as Jesus comes again to the Jewish nation, His coming will be preceded by the appearance of two men that have the spirit’s of Moses and Elijah. Those two men will bring them (the Jews) the revelation of Jesus Christ: who He really was, and who He really is. That is why you see in the first verses of Revelation 11, something that coincides with chapter 7, and chapter 14. It all lines up. I said that to show you that we are living in an hour when God is going to play a trick on this legalistic Branham movement just as sure as the fact that the sun rises in the east and sets in the west. I wondered, after the dream, What did those seven subjects mean? As I read the scripture, I could not see a thing. However in the months that followed, those seven things dropped right in place. The first one was the article we printed, “The Testing and Fall of Satan.” I will give you a little profile of it for the sake of this message. I have always said this, If you will read the man’s sermons right, and if you have the Holy Ghost, and you want to get back in the Bible with it, God will put you right there, so you cannot help but see it. I will never forget that statement the night he was preaching the seals. The statement was, (when the man had challenged him, somewhere, I do not remember where, but probably out west, about him believing in this six day creation story) “I believe everything was laying right there from some other creation, and all that was needed was for the light to strike it, and up began to come the grass, the trees and things.” When he said that, I said, Then that has to be a clue to something. Before his death, my wife and I along with our children, had been in Illinois visiting relatives. We came back through Springfield Illinois. There they have a museum. IN there we saw these huge tusks and those petrified footprints from the Mississippi Valley. I looked at these footprints, the giant tusks of these Mastodon elephants, then in the wax museum part it showed these prehistoric cave dwellers and I have to say this, Yes they existed, but those cave dwellers portrayed there were not sons of God. They were part of the animal kingdom of that hour. There, it showed this cave man and his companion, and he had already knocked another cave man in the head and they were dragging him back to their cave for breakfast. Here it shows them in this part of the scene progressing back to the cave, but the next scene is in the cave and a little fire is burning. I want to ask you something. A nature that would make anyone act like that would have to be from Satan. Would you not say so? That is why, when I see modern, twentieth century mankind doing things that are just as ghastly, it lets me know the devil got hold of them somewhere along the line. That should tell you the devil learned all of this a long, long time ago.


UNDENIABLE PROOF


Let me tell you of something found near our home that vindicates a prehistoric existence reaching way back beyond the creation events of Genesis. A few miles from where we live, down near Mauckport, Indiana, twenty some year ago, a gravel pit was opened up. Along about that time, the man operating the crane and filling dump trucks, as he emptied one scoop full into a truck bed, he saw something go in there that looked strange to him. He stopped everything and they got in the truck and began to sort it out. They come to find out it was pieces of bones. So they send to Purdue or somewhere, maybe Indiana University; and here came a bunch of archaeologists and scientists. What they had discovered were bones of the Mastodon elephant that lived so many thousand years ago. I thought to myself, Somewhere the Bible has to have an answer to this. Would you not feel the same way? This causes me to ask the question, If there really was a prehistoric earth with giant animals and such like, What was that era of time for? It has to be something that God used in relationship to testing his angelic beings. You may say, Well Bro. Jackson, I don’t know about that. You have to take knowledge of this one thing, In the Genesis story, Genesis 1 and 2, when we find that Moses in the wilderness journey was commissioned to do so, and he sets this record in writing, notice how it is recorded. “In the beginning God created the heaven and the earth.” Period. Now if we see the light of truth in the Bible, that could have been a hundred billion years ago. If it all started with a bang, who was the chemist that put all those components together to create such a bang? I have to say it was the greatest chemist there ever was; and He still is. Our society has all these long hair scientists in their laboratories, pouring this into this tube, and that into another one, trying so hard to prove that this great masterpiece of creation was not creation at all; but rather something that just happened. They think they are so smart, but the truth is, they are blind as a bat. They can only do what they do because a great ONE is allowing it. Man can only operate and function in the realm of what his Creator has willed him to. When we look at what we have to look at, we know that is why it says in Genesis, “And the earth was without form, and void; and darkness was upon the face of the deep.” What does that tell you? Void means it had been rendered useless. When you write a check, it does not matter whether it is for a dollar or a hundred dollars, if you render it void, it will still say a hundred dollars or whatever, but it will not be worth two cents to the person it was made out to. That is what the word void written across it does, it renders it useless. Therefore in dealing with Genesis 1 and 2, you are not starting with six thousand years ago. You are starting with the beginning of a different era of time; and what looks like six creative days, are actually generations of time evolving over and over until a certain thing is accomplished within that span of time. When we begin to see this, then we have to realize as we look to the Bible for the answer and not from the quote books, that the Bible will take you right through in a very simple way. You just have to allow the Spirit of God to direct you to all the missing pieces of this great puzzle. When you go to Isaiah 14 what does it say there? Let us turn there. Isaiah was a prophet in Old Testament times. When he saw how certain kingdoms began to become exalted, he recognized the power of Satan in it all. That is what caused the kings, the leaders within nations to exalt themselves and become puffed up. It all comes from a spirit. Isaiah was allowed to look beyond the man, and beyond the kingdoms represented by man, and look beyond the material things and say this, (12th verse) “How art thou fallen from heaven, O Lucifer, son of the morning!” Well what does that mean, son of the morning? You and I think of morning as the time when the sun comes up; but you have to realize this, He was an angelic being, an offspring of God, created in the dawning of time, and he was perfect back then. The Bible will prove it. Let us read what happened. “How art thou cut down to the ground, which didst weaken the nations! (You wonder why the world is in such a case today? It is the devil’s handiwork: the same old spirit Isaiah was seeing.) For thou hast said in thine heart, I will ascend into heaven, I will exalt my throne above the stars of God: I wills it also upon the mount of the congregation, in the sides of the north: I will ascend above the heights of the clouds; I will be like the most High. (Yes, somewhere in ancient times he got that idea. He cultivated a thought like that.) Yet thou shalt be brought down to hell.” The Bible says hell is prepared for Satan and his kind. We call him Satan now; but before he sinned, he was a beautiful angel, a servant of the most high God that had certain privileges. In other words, we learn from the Bible itself, that long before you and I and our ancestors had our origin in our Garden of Eden, God had already placed him here on earth and there was an Eden for his beginning also. There is every reason to believe that those angels and that prehistoric creation of huge beasts could have lived here on earth for millions of years, in perfect peace and harmony: with no disturbance, no blood shed, no killing, and in a perfect climate, until Satan (Lucifer) got this great idea to exalt himself to a place of equality with his Creator. Without a doubt, God put the angelic family here, so that sooner or later they could be tested as to what they would do with the authority they had. Lucifer no doubt was chief of them all. That is the only scripture that really brings out his original name. From that time on he has been called Satan, the Devil, the serpent and all such like; but never again as Lucifer except by the saints. Alright, so this has to make us believe that when the devil really began to think like this, that is when the animal kingdom in that prehistoric world began to head into those millenniums of killing and bloodshed. He was the instigator of all that caused God to have to judge this planet and render it void, with total darkness covering it until the time of Genesis 1:1, when God began to redeem it. In Washington D.C., in the Museum of Natural Science, there is a petrified animal. It looks something like a half grown hog; but it has a jaw something like a small crocodile. That animal had attacked another species of its own kind and had it down on the ground with its left food on its body, and its neck in his mouth: chewing on it, trying to pull it apart and eat it; and God’s sudden judgment, whatever happened that brought that prehistoric world to an end, killed that thing like that and left it; and God let it become petrified as a memorial for this creation to learn from. God used that prehistoric creation to test His angelic beings and that is why Lucifer became known as Satan: he failed his test and caused a lot of the other angels to go along with him in this great act of disobedience to his Creator. After so long, when God saw that the test had accomplished its purpose He brought the whole thing to a sudden end and that is why certain species have been discovered in situations like we have just described. Furthermore this perversion Lucifer designed caused Jesus to refer to him as the father of lies and as a murderer from the beginning. He is the one that designed the act of murder. Then when it came time for God to call upon him to give an account for his behavior no doubt it was a situation just like when He spoke to Cain, Eve’s son who slew his brother Abel. You know how Cain talked, Am I my brother’s keeper? In my mind, I can just see Lucifer as God called him, Come here. What have you been doing? I can hear a long speech Lucifer put forth; but God knew what it was all about. The point is, when God brought Lucifer in check, then He judged him as a fallen creature and reached out and judged everything on this planet. I happen to believe God let this planet be shaken maybe by a terrible earthquake that rocked it away from the sun a few degrees. No I realize the scientists all have their educated ideas, but a few degrees, happening within a few hours, sooner or later it is going to create a condition that would bring on an ice age. In some places, life no doubt ended in a matter of hours. While in other areas life did not end suddenly, but in a matter of weeks and months it eventually did end, because the creatures was not made to stand that kind of climate. What gives us a reason to say the things we are saying? Some may ask. Simply because of the various discoveries that have been made here in the twentieth century. There had to be an explanation for them. With modern archaeological equipment, a prehistoric creation has been verified. Out near Lordsburg, New Mexico, while building a super highway, earth movers that were going down and scooping up earth, all of a sudden here goes large chunks of something in the trucks that had to be investigated. When they analyzed it, what did they find? There they find the bones of three Mastodon type elephants. They had evidently been walking on a trail, one behind the other, and something killed them suddenly. They died right there and were buried in the sand of a twentieth century desert area. God let their bones be taken up, and we have them as confirmation of a sudden end of life. You just have to realize, if the end of life came in a gradual sense, due to sickness and things like that, then the decaying of this in many places would have left it unrecognizable. I just have to believe the Creator Himself wanted this earth to have infallible proof that this planet has been here a long time. You will find that Ezekiel 28:13, agrees with what Isaiah saw: Only Ezekiel saw this years and years after Isaiah saw it. In Ezekiel it says, “Thou hast been in Eden (Eden in this sense is not your and my Eden. It was his Eden.) the garden of God; every precious stone was thy covering, the sardius, topaz, and the diamond, the beryl, the onyx, and the jasper, the sapphire, the emerald, and the carbuncle, and gold: the workmanship of thy tabrets and of thy pipes was prepared in thee in the day that thou wast created. Thou art the anointed cherub (No wonder Isaiah referred to him as the sons of the morning) that covereth; and I have set thee so: thou wast upon the holy mountain of God; thou hast walked up and down in the midst of the stones of fire. Thou wast perfect in thy ways from the day that thou wast created, till iniquity was found in thee.” If you cannot take Isaiah 14 and Ezekiel 28 and put them together and see that these two prophets were looking beyond Adam and Eve’s hour, looking back to a time when this planet was first brought into existence, I wonder how you would try to explain some of the archaeological findings of our day and hour? From these examples, we will go to St. John 8. Jesus was preaching to a multitude and got a bunch of Pharisees all riled up. Their religious ego got disturbed. When He began to see their temper reach a certain pitch and their eyes begin to sparkle, then He said to them, Ye are of your father, the devil. That remark really lit them up. The lusts of your father ye will do, for he was a murderer from the beginning. It meant his beginning of such. He was the father of lies because he abode not in the truth. That is why we have to realize that somewhere way back, Lucifer, that anointed cherub, was perfect because sin had not entered into his mind yet; but then something came along as a thought and began to change his whole concept of how he looked at things. Then we take that and go right on into the New Testament: in the epistle of Peter, who was an apostle to the Church of the living God in this dispensation. He speaks like this, angels which kept not their first estate, how they have been cast down, where? Into hell, and reserved there until that day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men. Cross right on into the book of Jude, and he speaks of the same thing, how angels are not only cast down, they are chained, never to be loosed. Not until their final judgment. That lets you know there are some angels down in the pit. They are chained there forever, because it means somewhere in that hour of time when they were all tested, they did something that was so bad God would never let them have another chance to repeat their evil work again. While it is true that others are loose, going about as demon spirits, those are chained up, spiritually speaking, and are reserved there until that day of judgment and perdition of ungodly men. Let the man in this movement disagree, and the educated preachers rave about it, we still have good reason to preach and publish this. There again they said, You are just trying to be somebody. We are not trying to be anybody: we are just doing what true children of God ought to be doing: getting an understanding of why there is so much confusion among professing Christians. I am required by the grace of God, either follow God or admit that I am no better than the worse sinner that walks the face of this earth. I enjoyed the privilege of sitting under Bro. Branham’s ministry; and I will be forever grateful for that privilege. I have said many times, That man made Jesus of the Bible stand head and shoulders above every other man. These doctors of divinity have their diplomas, they hang their plaques on the wall; but they do not have a revelation worth two cents; but that man made Jesus stand so tall, and so real, if you had the spirit of God in you, you could not help but get a revelation on certain things. I have seen doctors of divinity who would sit on the platform behind the man, when he would stand there and begin to look back across the crowd and begin to tell a certain person, You do not live here, you are from such and such a state, and live on such and such a house number, and say, Isn’t that right? When their hands would go up and they would begin screaming, those great men would have tears streaming down their faces. That is the same thing Nathaniel saw when he came up before Jesus. He had already asked Peter and Andrew, Can anything good come out of Nazareth? However when he came up the road to meet Jesus, and Jesus, when He saw Nathaniel coming, cried out, behold an Israelite in whom is no guile. Nathaniel looked at Him, How did you know me? While you were still under the fig tree, I saw you. That was all Nathaniel needed. That changed the whole picture right there. Therefore there is no excuse for some of these people of this movement to still remain in spiritual ignorance: They have seen enough, if they had looked at it the right way, they should be doing what we are doing: preaching and teaching the revelation the Church started out with, instead of becoming idolaters. God hates idolaters. The Bible says so.


INEXCUSABLE DEEDS AND ACTIONS


I am saying once again, The Branham movement has shut themselves off from God; and they have no acceptable excuse for such conduct; but I believe there are other people the world over today, like this brother here, that can tell you they appreciate the stand we have taken through the years. He not only speaks for those in Nigeria, I can say he is speaking for thousands in the continent of Africa that saw the same thing he saw. When the Contender started going there, we never intended to publish this thing to outdo Bro. Branham. I said, Lord, Take it wherever you want it to go. It has followed those Spoken Word books wherever they have gone. It is just like two blocks of wood on a river: They do not get very far apart. This paper has helped answer many questions among true saints and I do not take the credit for it: Simply because I know that except for the grace of God, I could be in the same boat with a lot of these others who idolize the man that God sent to turn us back to the faith of the fathers, instead of worshiping the God that showed us such mercy. I have to say it is the grace of God. It is not a myth. It is real. When we did come along, after Bro. Branham left certain things about serpent seed unclear, and present by the grace of God a clear picture of it, we had to take a lot of verbal abuse. When I heard the little man say the things he did in the Church Ages, like, The ministry of the Church in this end time will do their utmost to approximate to the likeness of the apostle Paul. Do you know what that tells me? It tells me this. There will be men who want to be just like the Lord Jesus Christ in respects that whatever Paul saw and he stood for, then he was so determined that what he had taught was right, that he could say, Though we or an angel from heaven come preaching any other gospel than that which you received, let him be accursed, that lets me know there has to be something in this book that can give you confidence, a feeling of truth that puts you on a foundation. It is not something you purposely yourself can make, it is something that God, by His grace though you, has allowed you to see something that gives you a firm foundation that your faith is anchored to. That is why I have said this, When no less than five states in the past twenty eight or thirty years, in this United States, have had cases where families did not want their children taught this evolution theory, but they wanted to hold to the Bible concept, watch what happened. Not even a Catholic priest went to their defense. Not even a Jewish rabbi went to their defense. I wonder why? I have always said this, and I do not mean to be bragging, but if any judge ask me to come and speak on why we believe what we believe, first I would have to say, You give me one hour and I will tell you what this Bible really says; but if I cannot have one hour for that, then I plead the fifth amendment. I will sit here like a duck and not say a word. I am either going to defend the Bible or sit here in silence. I do not think you have to be ashamed of it either. Anyhow when Bro. Branham came to serpent seed, here came the dual statements. In my heart I said many times, I will never preach the serpent seed until I know what the fruit of the tree of life was. It was in the fall of 1966, in the month of October, when we were in North Carolina, that I finally got it settled. I had already been asked when I was going to preach on it and I just said, Well, whenever the Lord leads me, I will; but I was really just trying to get away from them because I did not know what the fruit of the tree of life was. However on this particular night, I went to bed with my mind plagued, Lord I will never preach the serpent seed until I know what the fruit of the tree of life was. I went to bed that night disturbed. Again somewhere after two in the morning, I saw myself like I was in a hospital. I was on a bed. Then the bed began to move and I knew I was being taken to an operating room. As I was rolled into this operating room, the bed was positioned. Then I saw these two figures in white step up on each side of my head. I saw a large hand reach over and as it touched my head (This may sound silly to you, but I am telling it exactly as I saw it in the dream) it was just like my skull was on a hinge in the back. When a hand touched my skull it was just like it opened up. Gently with the two hands, my brains were lifted out. Now my spirit is out of my body and I am over in the corner of the operating room watching the process. The one hand held the brain and the index finger began to trace certain lines on the brain. While I stand looking at it, I am saying to myself, When he is finished, and when my brain goes back in my head, I am going to know something I did not know before. When the last line was drawn, gently my brain was laid back in my head and the minute the skull went shut, I was laying in bed wide awake. Genesis 3:16, Let us turn to it; and let me say this, I say this with all godly respect, for I realize I am standing before a mixed audience. If I was a professor, I would think a long time before I taught sex education to unwed teenagers. That is not for school teachers to teach. If the Gentile Church had taught these things like the Jewish people taught their children, your mind would not be embarrassed. However when you really begin to get your eyes open and look in the Bible, and see what the devil was after, you cannot deny the fact he was out to do one thing, ruin man and how he was going to carry out the commission to be fruitful and multiply and replenish the earth. Replenish it with what? With bastards? With devils? Idiots? Is that what God was after? No. If Eve had not listened to the serpent, and she would have listened to God, every little baby that a mother would have given birth to would have been another son or daughter of God, just like Mary gave birth to that little Bethlehem baby. But when the devil did what he did, he was on his road to what he thought was victory for him. Listen to this, and if you can see apples or any kind of plant life in this, you write it on a piece of paper and hand it to me. “Unto the woman He said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow (The word sorrow, when He said multiply, it means to add to. When you multiply something you have to have an original beginning. Will you agree with me? If you have zero, you cannot multiply zero. You have to have something already, in order to multiply. First God said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow, which is going to affect her physically, emotionally.) And thy conception.” The word conception has a medical term, we have to understand what it is. Basically it means the woman’s ability physically, to conceive seed for the purpose of child bearing. I want to challenge the critics of this movement, the doctors of divinity of denominationalism, and ask them, Why did God curse her reproductive organs if it is the fruit of plant life they have eaten? That is the challenge; and I defy anyone, young or old, to give me a scriptural answer that points to plant life fruit. You simply cannot do it: The true revelation is too clear for that. That is a hypothetical preposterous assumption, to ignore the facts and keep millions in ignorance. When He said I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy conception, actually that is when that period that young girls have when they begin to come into womanhood. Naturally that is the Creator’s law which He has put in her body for reproductive purpose. One day when she finds a companion, a husband, in God’s ordained plan, and this period comes about, it is in this period that she will be able to conceive and have children. Let us tear down all of this anti scriptural theory so many are holding on to, and look to the Bible for the truth. How come, in Old Testament times, there were so many women going through life childless? (We are living this side of the fall; and the Old Testament bring out the fact that many of the old patriarchs wives were barren. How many understand me? They were barren. That lets me know, in that period that was an infertile state about their egg, or something. The point is, she and her husband could have intimate relationships, but there were still no children. That was the state of Zechariah’s wife Elizabeth. She was getting up in years, but she was barren. It does not necessarily mean she did not have any periods, but it meant there was an infertility about her. That is what you have to look at. So when God said, I will multiply thy conception, it means God is going to multiply periods and it is an addition to something she is already endowed with; and this multiplication will create discomfort, physically it is misery. “In sorrow thou shalt bring forth children.” How many times down through the centuries women have died in childbirth. At the outskirts of Bethlehem is a little grave. It has a memorial over it. It is called Rachel’s tomb. Rachel, one of Jacob’s wives, died giving birth. How many realize that? That is where it all comes from, in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children. Then the doctors of divinity want to tell you that eating an apple caused all of that. You may say, Bro. Jackson, why do you teach such as this? If you get your eyes open, it makes you realize why Jesus had to be born of virgin birth. One thing we have to understand if we are going to look at this picture in a clear understanding. The garden where God put Adam and Eve is not something that you relate to like your flower garden, nor your vegetable garden. The garden God planted, as I said at the beginning of the message, was a little bit of heaven down here on earth because God had placed His presence in that geographical spot. In that place God set in motion the process for how man would repopulate the earth with children in his own image, as well as the animal kingdom. Remember, it was while in the garden, God gave him all the animals that He made from the dust of the earth. Adam named them. To go with the other animal kingdom we were talking about, the prehistoric world, the animal kingdom you and I have today was in our original garden of beginning. We did not have dinosaurs in our Eden. Neither were they in Noah’s ark. The dinosaurs belonged to another age, but all the animals we have today were in our garden. When that serpent, which was the highest intellectual being of our animal kingdom came and yielded himself to the devil, to entice Eve to commit this pleasure act with him, the devil knew what he was doing. He was going to bring about a genetic fall and decay of the human race, which actually begins with the descendants of Adam. Therefore the serpent did not tell Eve this was going to get her in trouble. He told her it is not wrong to eat of the tree of knowledge. The day you do the gods will know that you also shall be as the gods, to know good and evil. Now let me bring that to modern tense time, just to show you how the devil works. In our colleges and universities today, now that sex education has been in their teaching process for thirty some years, (And I might say, You could not by any kind of legislation get it out of there.) What do these intellectual philosophers teach young people? Do they tell them it is wrong? No sir. They do not want you to use the word that it is morally wrong to have this sex relationship outside of wedlock. The further they go with this, you can see it is bringing the human race into a worse catastrophic dilemma every year that passes. That is why I say, What you see today in our modern society is none other than a repeat of what happened six thousand years ago: The devil is still after the same thing: the demoralization of the whole human race. In Genesis 6, when God looked down upon the earth and saw that mankind had multiplied themselves to an hour of almost total violence and immorality, He said, It repents me that I have even made man. Why? Because he ate too many apples? No, it was because he had corrupted his ways. How to make liquor? Was that the problem? No. That is only an attribute that follows all these other things. Likewise we have crime in the streets today like no generation this side of the flood has ever seen. That is an attribute of what has been going on, after all of this other stuff that has been introduced to this modern society has had time to open up to all of this magnificent knowledge of sex and entertainment for man’s enjoyment. It is all a diabolical plot of Satan; and the world in general is just flowing with the current: not even stopping for one minute to count the cost. Now when Eve gave herself to the serpent, she knew in her mind, and Adam knew in his mind what they had been told in the beginning. They already know in their mind’s that this relationship was to be strictly for the purpose of bringing forth life; and if it had only been used for that; every child born into the world would have been in the sight of the Creator, a sinless, innocent child of His just like Jesus was. That would have constituted the eating, or partaking of the tree of life. The law of the other tree there in the midst of the garden was sex for pleasure. Regardless of which tree mankind partook of, they still fulfilled God’s purpose as far as replenishing the earth. The only thing is, the law of sex relationships for the purpose of reproduction only, would have filled the earth with pure seed of God that He could have fellowshipped with like He did with Adam and Eve before their disobedience; but when that first couple yielded to the wishes of Satan and chose to partake of the other tree, or law, which was sex for pleasure, every little baby born into the world has those fallen attributes in it: making redemption a necessity in order for their to be any fellowship or communion with the Creator. That is why I find it necessary to preach and teach on this subject: to let predestinated children of God know why it was, and is necessary that they submit themselves to God’s plan of redemption. We do not present this subject as a salvation message: to the degree that a person would have to understand it to be saved. However it does clear up our mind’s to have an understanding of why it was necessary that Jesus, our kinsman Redeemer, had to be born into the world from a virgin womb; and why the cell of life in her had to be a created life, totally apart from the seed of any man on earth. The seed of every man on earth after Adam’s fall, has carried that fallen attribute that was imputed by the Creator as a result of their disobedience. Adam was a created son of God without any attribute of sin and evil in him; and his wife was taken from his very own body: so they were both without blemish spiritually and physically. God did not want a family of puppets though, so His design for man was that He would have the freedom of choice, whether he would obey his Creator or give himself over to be a servant of the adversary of God. Remember the scripture that says, Whomsoever you serve, his servant you are? Predestinated children of God, those foreknown of Him before the foundation of the earth were never children of Satan, no matter how wrong they may have conducted themselves; they were servants of the devil, standing in need of receiving the word of God that would bring about their redemption and put them in a place of fellowship with Him. God will not fellowship us while we are in that lost condition, serving sin at the beck and call of Satan. He will speak to us, and place conviction upon us from time to time; but He will have no intimacy with us until we come to Him through His perfect plan of redemption that was made available to all that would ever believe the gospel of the Lord Jesus, which was called the Christ. He took our sins and sicknesses upon Himself and went willingly to Calvary where His innocent blood was shed as an offering to God for our release from Satan’s bondage; but that redemption benefit is of no use to us until we come to realize (and that by the hearing of the gospel of our salvation) what our inheritance in the family of God really is. It is just like money in the bank, placed there in our name: If we know nothing about it, we will never write a check to draw from that account. That is what the gospel message is all about: to let lost children of God know they have an inheritance waiting for them to come home and claim. Hallelujah! What a Savior! How can so many go so far in life before they come to realize what their purpose for being on this earth really is? Foreknown children of God are saved from a life of sin and degradation through the hearing of the gospel of Jesus Christ; and all the rest of mortal mankind is judged by that same gospel. As for Adam and Eve, they chose to go against the will of God and use the sex act for pleasure: as if they thought they would not be caught up in any bad situation. When Eve yielded herself to this serpent creature, she then went to her husband with this wonderful experience. The Bible does not tell us how many times she approached Adam, Come on honey: you need to know about this. He finally gave in to her persistent invitation: knowing full well what God had said to them about it. Finally when God cursed the ground for Adam’s disobedience, He said to him, Because you hearkened unto the voice of the woman, Thus and so. You look that word up and see what it means. Adam was not in the transgression. It was Eve who allowed herself to be deceived. In her mind she knew it was wrong, but she went ahead anyhow. Transgress means to go against the law of God. So when Adam did this, immediately they fell under guilt. Immediately, they went about to hide themselves; but they first took fig leaves and laced them together: trying to cover their sex organs. Yes you heard me right: They covered the part of their bodies they knew they had sinned with. Where did they put these aprons made of fig leaves? Was it over their mouth? Over their eyes? Think of these things. Those fig leaves were of plant life. Then the cool of the day came, which is the evening time when the sun is setting, God comes in with His presence to communicate with His children as He often had before; and they are hiding from Him. They knew in their minds that they had done wrong; but it was too late to do anything about that; so there they were, trying to hide from their Creator. When Adam and Eve finally came out of the bushes, here they were with an apron of fig leaves around their loins. God called out, Where art thou? Adam replied, I heard thy voice and I was afraid because I was naked. God did not say, Where have you been? That caused you to realize you were naked? He said, What have you done? Have you eaten of the tree of knowledge of which you were forbidden? Adam then began to pass the buck, Well, this woman you gave me to be with me, she gave to me and I did eat; (or partake would be a better translation of what really happened) and Eve did the same thing: She tried to pass the buck to the serpent. She said, The serpent beguiled me and I did eat. God did not ask the serpent anything: He just simply stripped him of his arms and legs and made a crawling reptile of him; and he will remain so even in the Millennium when everything else is being restored to what God intended it to be. Isaiah tells us that dust will still be the serpent’s meat, even in the Millennium.


GOD’S TWO LAWS FURTHER EXPLAINED


Let us bring our thinking back to the tree of life. Some of you may be thinking, Well would the sex act not have been pleasure to them, even by the law of the tree of life? You have to understand in what way this knowledge was going to be understood in the sense of pleasure. If Eve would have said to the serpent creature, Get away and leave me alone, then when the proper time came, which she herself would have known as the law for this time began to set up in her body, then is when she would have said to Adam, Now we can have this relationship; and in their mind’s they would have known it was strictly the perfect act, done at the right time, to bring forth conception; and a perfect child would have issued forth from her in due time; and that child would have been another son or daughter of God, free from any attribute of sin. When that period would have been over, (Young people, listen to me) there never would have been any feelings of passion. There would not have been any lustful drive in the makeup of the human spirit. In both their mind’s they would have known that this act was strictly for the purpose of reproducing life; and it never would have been put on display to entertain the world. The animal kingdom goes ahead and functions just as pure today as they were six thousand years ago. It is man that has corrupted his ways of repopulating himself here. Young people, listen to me. I know the thought will come, Bro. Jackson if that was wrong for pleasure back then, it seems like it would still be wrong to have the relationship for any other reason than to bring forth offspring. You who are thinking that are not listening to me right. It is not just one tree looked at from two angles. It is two trees, two laws; and it is how you participate in reaction to the one. If Adam and Eve would have waited until that law of conception would have set up in her body, that law may have lasted two or three days. During that period of time they could have lived in that relationship; and even though it was pleasure they still would have known what it was for. When that period of time was over, she would have definitely conceived and there would have been a child born of that relationship: which would have been pure and sacred: not something filthy. Diabolical human beings have taken the very act that brings them here and desecrated it even further. Adam and Eve were not guilty of anything like that. They partook of the tree of knowledge, sex for pleasure; and God has been dealing with mankind on that basis ever since. When God brought the guilty parties into account for their deeds, the first thing He did was curse that serpent creature. Scientists and evolutionists have been looking for him throughout time; but since they do not believe the Bible they have no other place to look. They do know there is a missing link between mankind and the highest present form of animal life; but they do not know where to look for the missing link. He is still here. Isaiah 65 tells you he is. Isaiah 65 tells you he will be in the Millennium; but he will still be a crawling reptile. However he did leave some seed in the earth of his original form; and to the surprise of some of you I must say, WE every one have some of those attributes in us: simply because of what the Bible speaks of in Genesis, chapter six, when the seed of Cain, the serpents son began to mix with the seed of Seth, which was Adam’s son. This is the part the modern world is ready to climb a tree about. Listen carefully, When the Lord cursed Eve in this respect, Now that you know the sex act can be used for pleasure, you are going to live under the pleasure law from now on. When He said I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy conception and thy desire shall be to thy husband, what is He talking about? Ironing his shirts? Cooking his dinner? No. That word desire means your desire now will be to please your husband in this law of living in a pleasure relationship. Well Bro. Jackson, I still do not understand. Let me define it this way, Once God has judged them, they were going to be placed under a sexual relationship for pleasure the rest of their lives. That means they are going to live together now knowing that it can be used for pleasure, but the woman will never know when she will conceive and bring forth a child. However under the tree of life, if you had just kicked that serpent out of the picture, she would have known exactly when to say to her mate now we will have the relationship for the purpose of fulfilling our commission. I have done my best to try to illustrate to you how the laws of the two trees worked; and not one time have I said anything about them being plant life trees. They were not: The two trees were spiritual laws set there in the midst of the garden of paradise; and even though God already knew, because of His foreknowledge, which one His son and daughter would partake of, they still had to be given a choice in the matter because they were created in the spiritual image of their Creator. Listen sisters, I say this with all due respect, but through the years I have had five stallions on the farm. That is part of the animal kingdom. They are dumb beasts, but they have sense enough to know that the intimate relationship is for the purpose of mating, and only at a certain time, and that time is appointed through the workings of the female body: not through the male. It is the female that knows first when to consummate the act. Any farmer, any horseman, and any cattleman and such like, all know how this law in the body of the female works. Just look at the wild animal kingdom. Why do they call it the mating season? At a certain time of the year here will come the male deer. He has an instinct to know this season is coming around. It is then and then alone that the male begins to seek out the female companion. It is the female companion, as she feels this law set up in her body, only then does she give herself to this male for that mating period of time, and she knows it is to bear an offspring. Another deer, another elk, another moose, another cow or horse. When that period is over they will go their separate way. On the other hand, look at man: when he took the act for knowledge, for pleasure, what does God do? It is followed up in the latter part of the 3rd chapter. 22nd verse, “And the Lord God said, Behold, the man is become as one of us, to know good and evil: (Sure he did. They know when it is right, and they know when It is wrong.) and now, lest he put forth his hand, and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever:” What did He do? The point is, in this little bit of heaven, God’s glory and presence was there, and Adam and Eve were able to see the spirit world. They could see angels just as easy as they could see each other, or a cow or anything else. They had access to two worlds, a natural world and a spirit world. Therefore what God was faced with, was the fact that He could not allow them to live in that place having access to both worlds, so to speak, and them living in that sex relationship from the tree of knowledge. They had lost the innocense that enabled them to fellowship both in heaven and earth, when they came to realize they were naked. In other words, When they chose to eat, or partake of the tree of knowledge of good and evil, they automatically cut themselves off from the heavenly realm because God had already told them that was how it had to be. (Genesis 2:16-17) “Of every tree of the garden thou mayest freely eat: (natural, plant life trees) But of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shalt surely die.” God did not mean, maybe you will die: That was their sentence. You cannot be allowed to live in sin and still have access to that heavenly realm at the same time. It does not work that way. That is why there are two basic laws that has guided the universe: There is a right, and there is a wrong. What is a lie? It is the truth perverted, or truth turned around backwards. What is fornication? An act committed out of wedlock. What is adultery? Is it two people, with at least one of them breaking their marriage vows. It is the same act, but in the wrong relationship and purpose that God ordained it to be used for. Now that man was driven out fo the garden, he was not driven out of the Middle East: He was driven from the presence of His Creator, and from fellowship in that heavenly realm. (Genesis 3:23-24) “And the Lord God said, Behold, the man has become as one of us, to know good and evil, and now lest he put forth his hand and take also of the tree of life, and eat, and live for ever: (23) Therefore the Lord God sent him forth from the garden of Eden, to till the ground from whence he was taken. (24) So He drove out the man; and He placed at the east of the garden of Eden Cherubims, and a flaming sword which turned every way, to keep the way of the tree of life.” History tells you the Middle East is the cradle of civilization. That is where this present civilization had its initial beginning. Therefore I ask you, What was Adam really driven out of? The presence of God, which is a little bit of heaven on earth. Do not think heaven is forty million light years beyond the galaxies. It is not. It is just right out there somewhere beyond our familiar sphere. Therefore when God separated heaven, man from that hour could not see into the spirit world. That is why angels were placed at the east of Eden to guard the way to the tree of life. When God separated Himself from them and set up guards so Adam and Eve could never again enter into that heavenly realm at will, no woman from that hour will this hour can know exactly when she can conceive by having a relationship with a man. Therefore being denied that privilege, they were unable to ever again plan their sexual union solely for the purpose of reproduction. Every man and woman since that time has had to have the relationship from the standpoint of pleasure and accept conception when it came about. If the doctors, or I should say, the medical world, with all their technology, still cannot pinpoint the exact time when a woman can conceive seed, you just have to realize that God ordained it to be like that. They have tried their best to experiment around this thing, but ever once in a while it goes haywire; so in spite of all their technology, they still do not enjoy anything near perfection in this matter. On the other hand, if we were still living off the benefit of the tree of life, I want you to know, every woman that would choose a companion, would know exactly when to consummate the act because the law would work through the woman’s body; and there would be no accidental pregnancies. In the eyes of God, their sex union would be just as sacred and pure as it is in the animal kingdom. The animal kingdom is not ashamed to be seen in that act; because they are obeying the law of reproduction placed int hem by the Creator. Neither do they parade themselves up and down the highway of life for photographers. If you want a good look at what the serpent might have acted like in his word, look at all these genetic professors, what they are trying to do today. They are trying to clone mankind, all kinds of artificial insemination, experimenting with the gene to produce this and that. If God lets this thing pass out of this decade and go another hundred years, God only knows what these scientists will be doing. I have to say, God will not allow it. We are destined to remain under this pleasure relationship; and only God Himself knows for sure when it will produce an offspring. Now that the whole human race is living under this law of sex for pleasure, let no one say, Well we should never have this relationship unless we are entering into it only for the purpose of having a child. You are not looking at the Bible right: if you take such a stand: Pleasure is still pleasure, and mankind cannot go back to the perfect act. Since sin and death is imputed, there is no way you can go back and partake of it in the right way because He drove you away from it. Once sin was imputed to the human race it became a hereditary law carried through the genes. You cannot purify the genes no matter how many laboratories you have. Because of that, we find here that the Corinthian church came to an hour when there were problems among them and they wrote to Paul, What about this thing of marriage? If you will read the first six verses of chapter 7, it will plainly tell you what the will of God is in this matter. “Now concerning the things whereof ye wrote unto me: It is good for a man not to touch a woman.  (He is not forbidding marriage) Nevertheless, to avoid fornication, (which is partaking of the same act outside the bounds of a legal relationship between a man and his wife.) let every man have his own wife, and let every woman have her own husband. Let the husband render unto the wife due benevolence: and likewise also the wife unto the husband. (The apostle Paul is talking about this pleasure relationship.) The wife hath not power of her own body, but the husband: and likewise also the husband hath not power of his own body, but the wife. Defraud ye not one the other, except it be with consent for a time, that ye may give yourselves to fasting and prayer: and come together again, that Satan tempt you not for your incontinency.” Meaning lack of self control. Saints: If it has to be written in any clearer, plainer language than this, I certainly would not know what else to say. I hope all of you understand. It is going to stay that way. The reason I said this, is because man in himself just simply cannot hear certain things and put them into practice the right way. The Puritans, before the new world was discovered, thought they saw something in the scriptures too. They thought, well this relationship is only to produce children, therefore a man and wife should never have a relationship, only when I want a child. That is wrong. You see how long the Puritan message lasted. Where are they today? Then the Quakers hung on to it for awhile, then the Shakers took it up. They went to complete celibacy; but where are they at today. Their revelation died with them: because there were no offspring to carry on. Let me say also, Look what the Catholic priests are getting into. They established a law of celibacy; and you everyone know it is not Biblical. It is not according to the word of God. IT is man, under some kind of spirit control; and that spirit is of Satan. Those spirits are motivating them through their conscience; and they are looking for some kind of religious shield. They think, if they get in that shield they will be protected. The devil is absolutely going to zero in on every one of them. That is why you have priests today by the thousands over this world, living in such perverted ways; and now that it is coming out of the closet, the perverted society of news media are just exploring this and exploding all of it in a way to make it look like Christianity is complete nonsense. Well if you look at it in truth it is blessed: but if you get off on some perverted revelation of some kind, you serve their purpose well. You give them exactly what they are looking for.


GETTING THE MESSAGE STRAIGHT


At this time, I would like for us to go back to the chart we are using and let me point out a few things to you. As I have already said, By the time Bro. Branham was taken off the scene, the message he brought to this age for the purpose of restoring to the Church, the faith of our apostolic fathers, had already been delivered. The faith of the apostolic fathers had been restored. Many things had been said, and it was not always clear how to understand them; but the overall body of the message had been delivered to this age. The message had been made available to all; and I have to say, It now becomes the voice of God to be carried, to be proclaimed, to be preached through this period of time between then and the end of this age. We are living now thirty years, in a sense, since the Lord took him off the scene. It still leaves one seal to be broken and seven thunders to utter their voices. I believe we are getting very close to that time; but when you look at 1994 plus, on our chart, and see the question mark after it, please do not go away and say, Bro Jackson said the Lord is coming in 1995. If you do, you are misunderstanding what I am talking about. You will never point the finger at me and truthfully say that I said that. I have been accused of many things I was not guilty of; so it would not be the first time; but I have not said anything like that. We have people who are so impatient, I want to know when I am getting out of here. Please, Saints, let us not get our minds in that shape. That is where Satan play tricks on people. You just walk on in what you know already and realize that time is running out. Walking with God in truth, in this day and hour, is just like if you were driving down a highway and you begin to see a multiple of signs begin to appear. That is not the time to speed up. If you do, you will very likely pass some of them and not know what information was on them. You could have a wreck because of it. When you get close to your destination, it should be time to slow down and watch, there could be some unknown turns ahead. Saints: That could also be true spiritually. When Bro. Branham was taken off the scene, it left the seventy weeks of Daniel hanging in mid air. It was one of the first subjects I felt led to deal with. The minute we did, bingo, the movement launched their barrage of artillery at us. That Jackson! Pay no attention to him. He is just trying to be something. I will never forget, I think it was about 1972, when we printed our first article on this subject, that is when a certain man that works for Spoken Word saw me in a store in Corydon, and wanted to have a talk with me. As I walked into this store he said, Bro. Jackson, could I talk with you just a minute. I said sure. We stepped out on the sidewalk. He told me, Bro. Jackson, I saw your article on the seventy weeks of Daniel. He immediately demanded of me, Bro. Jackson: Don’t you believe the prophet? I said I sure do. Well you are saying there are seven years left. I said, There absolutely is. Well how do you explain this three and one half years. I said, Brother, when he preached the seventy weeks of Daniel he took two complete weekends to deal with it as a subject, but in this other one he did not deal with it as a subject. He just threw it out there, three and one half years. I said, I ask you, or anyone else, if you can take history and the Bible and prove to me there has been enough years of time expire already, of Daniel’s 70 weeks of years, for there to be only one half of the last week left? You can only account for 483 prophetic years to the time when Christ was crucified; and that gives you only 69 full weeks. You would have to have 486 ½ years of prophetic time to leave only 3 ½ years to be fulfilled; and you just simply cannot stretch it to that point. Nevertheless they insist, simply because they do not know how to lay their Bible alongside recorded history and follow it to the crucifixion of Christ. Through the years we have dealt with it on three different basis: which should have been sufficient to enlighten any true seed of God; but I still hear ever so many people say, I just don’t understand this seventy weeks of Daniel. . Well I grant you, it is a subject wherein you are dealing with time; and not everyone is able to follow it through; but one thing is sure, If you were looking at the same thing placed in the structure of a yard stick, you would not try to make a 36 inch yard stick measure 42 inches. You just simply cannot do that. When the decree of Nehemiah already establishes the beginning point of that period, and you have 33 A.D., as the point when Jesus was crucified, which is the fulfillment of the 26th verse of Daniel 9, followed by the destruction of Jerusalem, there is no way you can get 69 ½ weeks of years out of that span of time. If you go into history and figure time down correctly, you are going to come out at the crucifixion of Christ with only 483 prophetic years. It is not that many calendar years, because calendar years are 365 1/4 days each; but when you take all of those years that have transpired since the beginning point, and convert them into prophetic time, (which is only 360 days to each year) you are going to have from the 14th of Nisan in 445 B.C. to 33 A.D., when Christ Jesus was crucified, only 483 prophetic years. WE have sent that out all over the world; and I am sure my brother in Nigeria, as well as a lot of other brothers and sisters in the Lord, do not have access to history books and other mechanical means like we do: They have to depend on something from some source they are able to trust, to clarify issues like this. It would be detrimental to their spiritual growth to be caught up in this spirit that says, I do not believe it: because Jackson taught it. Let me use a Biblical picture here: to go along with this statement. This is just like the issue of proper water baptism. You have all these people out here in the world church, if I may use such terminology, that denounce the apostle Peter for telling those Jews on the day of Pentecost, (Acts 2:38) “Repent and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and you shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost.” They say, I am going to be baptized the way Jesus said in Matthew 28:19: I am not going to pay any attention to Peter. On that day of Pentecost when Peter stood in the streets of Jerusalem and began to preach the first message he had ever preached, he reached back in the Old Testament, the only source of records they had at that time, and preached that wonderful message; and three thousand souls rushed forward and said, men and brethren, what must we do. Peter did not stand there and clear his throat and say, Well now let me see, How did Jesus say that about baptism? He knew exactly what to say: because he knew exactly what Jesus meant when He spoke what is recorded in Matthew 28:19. He knew the word FATHER is not a name. He knew the words HOLY GHOST is not a name; so the only name Jesus could have been speaking of was the family name JESUS, which is a compound name; Therefore he did not hesitate for even a moment to proclaim, “Repent and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and you shall receive the gift of the Holy Ghost. Imagine the confusion that day, if people in that crowd had begun to say, That is not what the Lord said. I am not making fun. I am just illustrating people’s attitude in this hour. They have theology in their heads crammed up to the Adam’s apple; and if you step on that theology you have a wild cat by the tail. This is just my way of saying, Our teaching on the seventy weeks of Daniel is a vindicated fact: that it is right; and I pray to the Lord that we never have to deal with the subject again: other than to get that teaching into the hands of those who have not yet heard it. All they should need is one of our published articles on the subject: for it is proven by the scriptures all the way through. To me, it is not a point of argument: it is a point of understanding. Even Jesus in Matthew 24 said, And when you shall see Jerusalem compassed about with great armies, then whosoever readeth, let him understand. He did not say, Whosoever fasteth, or prayeth enough: He said, Whosoever readeth: let him understand. We know a lot of prayer and fasting should go along with it; but that is not where the stipulation lies. That means, if you are really interested in knowing the truth, you are going to get your nose into history, as well as what has been said in the Bible, and trust God to reveal it to you. God is going to help you put the picture together if you are willing to go about it in the right way. I welcome any other saint of God that is willing to lay what I have taught alongside the Bible and the necessary history of ages past; for I am persuaded that the Spirit of God will not bring division between two of His children that are both desiring to know the truth: by giving them each a different picture of the same thing. The trouble comes, when some just want to quote what someone else has said: not even caring whether the Bible will vindicate it or not. The Bible vindicates what Bro. Branham taught on the seventy weeks of Daniel when he taught it as a subject and proved that there are seven years left to be fulfilled when God again turns to the Jews. That should be sufficient for true children of God. Therefore having said all of this, I feel that I can now say that we have an understanding of the subject. I do not say that you as an individual have to understand every detail of it; but you should be able to affirm in your own heart and mind that what we have been teaching on the subject lines up with the scriptures. If you can at least see an overall profile of the main thing we are talking about, that is what will keep you from heading down a wrong trail just for the sake of pleasing someone’s human flesh. That is the thing that keeps you in a body of fellowship and makes you one in the Spirit with other saints. I know as you pray, as you walk with God, being content and feeling at peace with yourself and with your Creator, if there is any more within a particular subject He wants you to understand more clearly, He will reveal it to you. He can speak to your soul in many ways. If there is something you do not understand, do not throw it all away; and do not lose sleep over it: Just put it in the filing cabinet of your mind and one day you may be washing dishes, riding a lawn mower or something like that; and all of a sudden the Holy Ghost within you will say, Do you remember when this was said and you did not understand it? Go look at it again; and when you pull it up from your remembrance, your spiritual eyes will take a look and you will say, Why did I not see it like this before? Now I see it clearly. That is why I say, Man can say things using verbal words and illustrations to express them; but the Spirit of Almighty God within you, the Holy Ghost, He is the teacher. He is our guide. When everything looks dark to your spiritual walk in this religious world, and you do not know which way to go, if you will pray earnestly, Lord I want to know you in the way of truth, the Holy Spirit in you, somewhere along the line, even though you may hear two or three things pointing in two or three different directions, if you just purpose in your heart, Lord, I want only the truth, after awhile the Holy Spirit will show you, This is the way it is; and your doubts and confused thoughts will flee from you. The Holy Spirit is a guide you can have complete confidence in. When you must depend on a guide starting across desert country where you have never been before, you better have confidence in that guide you select. If you go into a jungle, and especially at night, you had better have a guide that knows where he is going: That is just common sense; and you do not dare cast that guide aside or start out without one. It is the same spiritually: You do not get spiritual revelation without first you have that COMFORTER and GUIDE dwelling within you. Anything you get without HIM is resident in your mind only; ad will always be subject to change back and forth, or even to be cast out altogether. ON the other hand, a child of God that has a genuine revelation given by the Holy Spirit cannot possibly throw it away. That is the confidence you can have as a child of God. He will never require anything of you beyond what He is willing to make available to you. Praise His name!


WHAT ABOUT THE MILLENNIUM? WILL CHILDREN BE BORN?


I remember, after Bro. Branham was gone off the scene, how the things he preached about the Millennium were treated. He preached it in the message, “The Future Home of the Earthly Bride and Heavenly Bridegroom.” He preached about the Millennium; but he said nothing about nations repopulating the earth, and some of the things we presented in a message later on. The movement, as a whole, thinks the Millennium is to be a time on earth when Jesus Christ the King of kings and Lord of lords will come back with His wife, which is His Church, and set up a kingdom here on earth, (and that much is right) but they seem to have the idea that He is going to rule the earth with a rod of iron over a bunch of stones or something. What are they going to rule over? Do they really think Immortal people are going to rule over rocks? Or trees? What will they rule over, if there are no people on earth other than immortal saints? When you go to Zechariah 14, it will plainly tell you of a remnant of all nations that are saved in that day of wrath and judgment: Which speaks of those who have physically escaped the wrath and judgment of God, and are counted morally worthy to be brought into His kingdom. That is why when we go further into Matthew 25, we see a judgment of the nations, and Jesus brought the parable out, that when the Son of man comes to sit on the throne of His glory, (Which is the throne of David in Jerusalem, but the bride is going to set on thrones of the nations they were redeemed out of.) This judgment of sheep and goats will take place. That is why you see in Revelation 20:1-4, the bride on thrones. The bride of Christ will be invested with the same authority: to sit on thrones among the nations they were lifted up out of; and there will definitely be mortal mankind living under the rule and reign of the immortal bride saints. The devil is going to be bound in that period of time: for a thousand years. Little babies are going to be born and grow up into full adulthood. When you compare that with Isaiah 65, that in that day the lion shall eat straw like a bullock, you see that God is going to change that old lion’s appetite. Instead of the lion coming out of the darkness and grabbing some small sheep or something, it plainly tells you, and the wolf and the lamb shall lie down together, the cow and the bear shall feed together. I am not taking the time to go into all of this, other than just to mention it; because we have every bit of it in messages where we have fully explained each thing, using the scriptures that the revelation comes from. I want you to know, we are not going to have some of these nature scientists come along and change their nature. It is going to be wonderful to see how the Spirit of God will move upon the animal kingdom; and change their nature back to the way it was in the beginning: before Adam’s disobedience. From out of the bushes where they used to chase the deer, they will come out of the bushes wanting you to pet them and such like. A child shall lead them. You would not think of turning a little three or four year old child loose in a zoo today, would you? What a wonderful thing to see, when a child that is born into the world will grow up in the midst of an animal kingdom, bears, tigers, elephants, wolves and all such like; and they will all play together. Not even the rattlesnake will have venom to spit at you. “Nothing shall hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain.” It is going to be a wonderful hour. Jesus referred to it as the age of regeneration, which means to repopulate, and to renew a social order of mankind on the earth. That, as wonderful as it will be, still will not yet be the perfect age. It is just another step toward it. Keep in mind those people born in that hour are still mortal: just as you and I are right now; but the devil will be bound, unable to test them or cause any trouble. That is why in the 19th chapter it speaks how Christ is seen coming with his armies to execute judgment and wrath on the earth. The judgment and wrath is definitely God’s way of destroying wicked, sinful mankind that has polluted their ways on earth: Yet out of all that there is going to be a remnant of mankind that will be physically, morally, and mortally preserved to carry into that Millennium age: to become the remnant of the nations. That is why that Millennium age is not yet the perfect age. He shall rule the nations with a rod of iron; and He will have to do it; because, even though the devil is bound, those mortals still have that same inherited nature that is present in all of us. We can take that to Jeremiah and other scriptures in the Old Testament, when He takes that throne which is in Jerusalem, on Mt. Zion, it is the position that King David who established that royal system of kingship in the nation of Israel, held. Jesus, the seed of David, is going to take that rightful throne, which is the seat of David, and from that time on the law shall go forth from Zion and the word of the Lord from Jersualem. It is not a salvation message they will be hearing, it is a time when God’s knowledge and God’s word and authority is being proclaimed to the ends of the earth: how to lift the nations out of their ignorance and stupidity. When I think of that, I think of some of the places I saw during WW2. We spent four months on an island 32 miles off the equator. It was hot, it was doubly hot. They moved all the natives off the particular island we were on, over to some other islands. There is where their main village was set up. A little later they began to bring them back in small groups and they built their huts along the coast line. Those natives, until the Japs came and took the island, had virtually never even seen a white man, or anybody from the outside world. They had lived on coconut and raw fish. That was their diet. I remember one day we saw this nation pushing a boat at a certain point on the beach. He anchored it there. Another man and I were on guard duty, walking along there, when this native and his wife and a little girl came to the boat. They had some stuff, coconut, all wrapped up in coconut leaves. They put it in the boat. We learned to talk to them a little by sign language. Where were they going? He pointed to his wife, going to another island to visit her people. How long were they going to be gone? Three months, three moons, they had no such thing as a calendar. How far away? He began to count the days. It all boiled down, that he was going to go about three hundred miles in a little canoe made from the log of a coconut tree. It had one little sail in the middle and two little seats. Now how would you like to go on vacation in something like that? I thought to myself, I would get lost as sure as the world. That is why they always set sail at sunset. There are certain seasons they set sail. They set sail when they know it is going to be fair weather; because their weather is not like it is here. You can have rain, snow, sleet, any time; but over there they have periods of rain, when that is done it is over. Therefore they are going to have stars at night. That is the way those natives through centuries of time have traveled from place to place. I will say this, Those natives in those islands, had a better moral code among them than our white American society that is so educated they knew how to put man on the moon: Yet are unable to control the violence in our streets. Over there we were told their moral code was, if a woman that has been wed to a man, and for some reason or other she is unfaithful to him, the entire tribe judges her. Then they put her on the outside of that tribe, and she cannot re-enter it again. She wanders the rest of her life, having to catch her own fish and exist the best way she can. Our modern society would say, That is just not right. Maybe not: but it kept those tribes pure. If a native killed another native, the tribe judged him. Among those natives tribes they had no gangsters nor anyone that needed to be put in jail, so they had no jails. It is only educated man that has to have jails. When we think of the jungles of New Guinea, and of the islands, and think of the remote places where the gospel has never been able to penetrate, we still have to remember that it is the Creator that judges all of that: We do not have to. That is why when Jesus rules and reigns in Jerusalem, with His Bride, and the law goes forth from Zion, and the word of the Lord from Jerusalem in those days, I want you to know, during that thousand years called the Millennium, when the knowledge and glory of God shall cover the earth as the waters that cover the sea, think of all these tribes of people that have been left out in the wilderness of darkness until then. There is one thing sure, This modern day Mafia will not be around to go out there and take advantage of them. That is why there has to be a perfect Millennium, with a perfect law; and when that thousand years are finished, again Satan is turned loose for a little season. Why? To test those mortals that will be born during that 1000 years. That is what the Bible says. What would he be turned loose for, if there were to be no one left here other than Christ and His immortal bride? Let us keep it with the Bible. Let us forget all of this denominational, theology nonsense. The Methodists say, Oh the Bible does not say this same earth will be repopulated: It says the earth will be burned up and we will go to heaven to live forever. That is just the opposite of what the Bible says. Sure the earth is going to be burned: the heavens too: but not to get rid of them: it is for cleansing purposes; and the earth is going to come right out of it and still be the place where God’s human family dwells. It was destroyed by flood, but the planet came out of that. It is going to be destroyed again by fire; but the planet will come out of that. That is why through the Millennium, it is the final stage of redemption for the planet. That is why in Revelation 21 and 22, John saw a new heaven and new earth. It means literally, that it is the same planet renewed by God’s redemptive plan.


THE FIRST RESURRECTION EXPLAINED


Let us now take another subject that was never made completely clear to a lot of people. That is the first resurrection.


I think of the many times I have heard it said, When Christ rose from the dead, (You read this in Matthew 27) the scripture says that there was an earthquake and many of them that slept in the dust of the earth came forth and appeared, where? In the city. Now think, seriously. We can ask ourselves the question, Were the resurrected in literal bodies? They sure were. Were they mortal bodies? No. If they had been resurrected in mortal bodies they would still been subject to death: which would mean that they would have lived a little while, and then die and be buried again. Keep in mind, Out of that ground came a number of Old Testament saints and appeared in the city of Jerusalem where this terrible thing had happened, the crucifixion of Christ, and they appeared to many of the living people. That is why it was recorded like it was. When we pick that up and bring it over to the 4th chapter of Paul’s writing in Ephesians, concerning the body of Christ, He wrote, He that ascended, meaning He that ascended on high to be the High Priest, (Which was Jesus the Christ) is the same that descended first, where? Into the lower parts of the earth, hell itself. And He led captivity captive, meaning the spirits of the righteous souls of Old Testament saints that had been held there through all the law and Old Testament period, because the perfect sacrifice had not yet been offered that they could come into the presence of God in heaven: Then Jesus took them captive Himself and transported them into the heavenly paradise. Therefore we must recognize that there was a resurrection of those Old Testament saints at that time. When He went up, they went up with Him. That is what Paul’s revelation was based on. Then when we come to Paul’s revelation in 1st Corinthians 15, he describes the next resurrection as being that of the Bride of Christ: which is the Church of the living God. However in describing that he says, Every man in his own order, meaning there is an appointed time for this. Remember, Paul was the apostle to the Gentiles that will see the Church changed here at the end time; and the dead in Christ brought forth, and together they rise to meet the Lord in the air. As the bride saints rise, remember, that leaves the 70th week of Daniel to be finished out. In that week of Daniel’s prophecy, the antichrist is going to unleash a blood bath, an uncontrolled fury against foolish virgin Christians and Jewish believers in God. It is found in Revelation chapters 7 and 12. That is where the foolish virgins of Matthew 25 really stand out. They have the faith of Jesus Christ, but it is the Jewish people that have the word of God. The Gentiles foolish virgins have the testimony of Jesus Christ. When we come to the 20th chapter, then we can see, watch, we know that Christ, when He comes to set up this kingdom, He is going to be the supreme Judge of all the earth. He has that authority given to Him of the Father. As His Bride takes her position, then John first saw the thrones, plural. That is the Bride. Jesus will only sit on one throne: the throne of king David; but the Bride of many members will require many thrones. Someone may say, Bro. Jackson, I thought we were going to sit on His throne. Will you let me illustrate that? To show you how that looks? When you read in the Laodicean Church when Jesus says to John, to him that overcometh will I grant to sit with me in my throne, even as I am overcome and am set down with my Father in his throne. How do you think the Millennium would look with all the Bride of Christ out of every nation going over to Jerusalem to sit with King Jesus on His throne? You just have to realize that expression is figurative. As you see the Lord Jesus on the ancient throne of David, it means your Lord and Savior is going to position you in a throne to execute and carry out authority in the very area of the world you were taken from. God has delegated all authority to His only begotten Son Jesus for that hour of time, to be Judge and King and so forth; and He delegates the same ruling authority to His wife, His Bride. Therefore He gives her a position of authority in the country she came from. It plainly tells you, I believe it is in Revelation 5, for He, meaning Christ, hath made us unto our God, kings and priests, and we shall rule and reign on the earth. The Bride is definitely going to take her position over the nations she is lifted up out of. Then John said also, And I saw the souls of them that had been beheaded, martyred for the word of God, (Jews) and the testimony of Jesus Christ, (which is Gentile, foolish virgins) And they had not received the mark of the beast in the palm of their hand or their forehead. And they had not worshiped the beast. That proves those people that are resurrected at that time are not people that were martyred back in the Dark Ages. That is people that have been martyred for their testimony in that dark tribulation hour, which is the last three and one half year period of Daniel’s seventieth week. When that element of believers are brought up out of the ground, their spirits are actually in heaven; it is just their bodies that are in the ground. When that is constituted, that complete the first resurrection, because as you continue to read it plainly says, “Blessed and holy is he that hath part in the first resurrection, for as of such the second hath no power,” meaning it has no life. The second resurrection is a thousand years later: at the end of the Millennium. It goes to show that by the time the Lord has come and set up His kingdom, to start that thousand year reign, His wife is with Him, and then out of the ground comes forth the bodies of those just recently martyred because of their faith they refused to denounce during the persecution of the great tribulation time. They are saintly people the devil has been after. That takes out of the ground all the bodies that pertain to people that at one time lived on this earth with faith toward God and reunites them with their bodies in a glorified state. They are going to live and reign with Christ for a thousand years. No, the foolish virgins and martyred Jewish saints of that last hour are not going to be His wife; but they are going to be in the kingdom, somewhere in the realm of His authority. When the Millennium goes on and you have all these people multiplied and such, then at the end you have to have a testing of all those people that have been born during the time when Satan is bound. Otherwise, if there was not a testing, then God would be an unjust God to let all those people that have been born during the Millennium go into eternity without having to choose which they would give their allegiance to. When the third phase of the first resurrection is completed though, going into the Millennium, there will be no more righteous people left in the ground. The only thing that is left in the ground then, is the wicked of all ages, from Cain who slew Abel, right down to the last hour of time when wicked are dealt with in death. That is why, when that second resurrection takes place, it has no life in it; it is just wicked dead being raised to stand before the great white throne judgment before being cast alive into the lake of fire. That is why it says, and death and hell is cast into the lake of fire. That is why you have to see that hell is not an eternal place. There is nothing in the lake of fire yet: That come later: except for the beast and the false prophet, after the second resurrection. When we talk like this, it gets the doctors of divinity all up in the air. I know that is blasphemy, they will say. When you line it up with the scriptures, you see that all that is in hell is going to be resurrected one of these days. Is it so they can live forever? No. It is so they can be judged at the great white throne judgment. Then what is going to happen Bro. Jackson? They will be cast into the lake of fire.


WHO THE MYSTERY WOMAN IS, OF REVELATION 12


Another point that has always left a question mark in the minds of some, is the woman of Revelation 12. Let us turn to that scripture and read it. “And there appeared a great wonder in heaven; a woman clothed with the sun, and the moon under her feet, and upon her head a crown of twelve stars: And she being with child cried, travailing in birth, and pained to be delivered. And there appeared another wonder in heaven; and behold a great red dragon, having seven heads and ten horns, and seven crowns upon his heads. And his tail drew the third part of the stars of heaven, and did cast them to the earth: and the dragon stood before the woman which was ready to be delivered, for to devour her child as soon as it was born. And she brought forth a man child, who was to rule all nations with a rod of iron: and her child was caught up unto God, and to His throne. And the woman fled into the wilderness, where she hath a place prepared of God, that they should feed her there a thousand two hundred and threescore days.” I am going to break this picture down for you. Bro. Branham never did take this chapter and preach on it. When he was asked on different occasions, Who is the woman of Revelation 12. One time he said that was the Bride of Christ crowned with the gospel of the twelve apostles. Another time he said that was Israel fleeing for her life. Two statements were made concerning the same thing; and you cannot put the two together to line them up with scripture. There is just no way. It has to have only one meaning; but God did allow the man to make both statements; because He is using one of them to act as a fan: like a fan on a threshing floor, to separate grain from waste matter. That is exactly why so many of those people go after the first statement saying, I heard the prophet say so: They are being fanned. Well yes, the prophet said this but he also made this other statement and you can take it to the scriptures. It is Israel fleeing for her life in the last half of the seventieth week of Daniel. You can call me a fanatic if you wish; but after Bro. Branham’s death, this was one of the seven messages I looked at. I saw myself in a dream, back in the Tabernacle, he was gone already; but I was sitting there in the Tabernacle like before. It has been announced that Bro. Branham would be there to preach that day. We were sitting toward the front. After awhile Bro. Branham came and stood right before the Bible platform, and was getting ready to speak: when all of a sudden I heard to the right of the building, a swishing noise. I looked through one of the windows; and out there, like in the parking lot, stood a beautiful tree. I saw twelve robins come and light in the branches. I thought, That is strange, there is no tree there. Then suddenly the same swishing noise to the left of the building and I looked to that side. Again in that side there was another tree of the same size. I saw twelve robins come and light in that tree. I am sitting there thinking, What is that? Then I hear him as he opens his Bible and says, I have come here this morning to preach to you on the 12th chapter of Daniel and the 12th chapter of Revelation. Two trees, belonging to two different dispensations, and the 12th chapter of each one. As I began to look at this, naturally there was a lot of confusion. Now let us look at it. Who really was this woman? It is a symbolic picture of the entire nation of Israel. It does not just portray Israel at any one time in history. The first six verses carries her from her beginning, from the call of Abraham, to and through the advent of Christ. That is why the woman herself is the nation of Israel, Jehovah’s wife, as you see it in Hosea. When you see the moon under her feet it means she has already passed through the law age, which was a shadow of something yet to be. The moon is none other than a reflection of the light of the sun, which is in another position in the heavens. How many realize that? Now she is clothed in the sun; so that puts her in another dispensation of time. As she is crowned with the crown of twelve stars, that does not mean the twelve apostles at all. That means it is the twelve tribes of Israel. That is why you have to associate it that it is the entire picture from the time she passed through the moon age, to the time when she is crowned in her Millennial glory. Keep in mind, this is not how she appeared in the gospel age, because all twelve tribes were not back there in the gospel era. Therefore she goes from the Law Age, which is not only foreshadowed the Grace Age, but it also foreshadowed and typed the Millennium. Therefore she is in the Millennium and the glory of God shines through Israel and she has all twelve tribes. However when we leave that side of it, he sees her with child. Now may I say this to ex-Catholics, You know the Catholic Church interprets this woman as the virgin Mary; and to them she is appearing around every street corner in this day and hour. People are going haywire. That is not the virgin Mary. That is still the same Israel: the woman that gave birth to Him, but the virgin Mary does not symbolize this particular woman here. We know that Israel was that feminine nation that has conceived of the prophet word of God, the seed, that out of Zion would come a Deliverer and would deliver Israel in the last days. Therefore when the Romans were in power, portrayed in the red dragon, watching her, then the time came the little nation of Israel, there was a little woman in it, and from the town of Bethlehem she gave birth. But the dragon is looking at this woman; and soon as it began to be noised around that this child had been born, it is true the Jewish nation was more or less confused about what was going on; but the main point is, as we come to the 5th verse, try to take a look at the nation of Israel at the first advent of Christ. See the child Jesus born in Bethlehem. See how the devil used Herod to try to get at Him, but he missed Him because the Lord told Joseph to take Him to Egypt to escape that. Watch this child grow up. The devil is after Him, it is right out of that old clergy system, Judaism, who finally God permitted to arrest Him and bring Him before Pilot; and have Him condemned through a kangaroo court. Then because the Jewish people, under Roman law, were not allowed to carry on public execution, they demanded of the Romans, Crucify Him, crucify Him. So when you see this dragon standing before the woman, ready to devour her child, take a good look at the devil. Yes, he antagonized and aggravated the old hierarchy system and they finally condemned Him in their religious court of law. But it was the old dragon spirit, through the Roman Empire, which is portrayed as the red dragon, that finally led Him to the hill of Calvary and there they crucified Him, the Lord of glory. Amen

The Mystery of God (1994), Part 2

The Mystery of God (1994), Part 2

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

AT THE END OF OUR LAST ISSUE, BROTHER JACKSON WAS TELLING HOW GOD GOT HIS ATTENTION CONCERNING MALACHI 4:5-6 AND LUKE 1:17; SO THAT IS WHERE WE WILL BEGIN IN THIS ISSUE.


As I have said many times, Sitting there on my couch that cold February morning, I just picked up the Bible and it fell open to the 1st chapter of Luke. I read where Zechariah went into the temple to burn incense, and how the angel Gabriel was seen there at the right hand of the altar of incense. He got Zechariah’s attention and told Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth was going to conceive. She was going to give birth to a son. His name shall be called John. Then the angel told Zechariah this son will go before the coming of the Lord in the power and spirit of Elias to turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and he stopped quoting Malachi. Right then, even though I was still a Methodist, something inside caused me to say in my heart, That angel did not quote but the first half of that prophecy. Sure I can see why the New Testament declares that John the Baptist was the Elijah of that hour, but it is a fact it only records half of what that prophecy in its entirety is to be. Then something said, That spirit of Elijah has got to return again. I did not see that as anything related to the Jews. I could see that strictly related to us Gentiles. However, living in this area, and not yet knowing anything about Bro. Branham, I just carried that in my heart and went right on in the Methodist Church: never even thinking that one day I would be compelled to leave that Methodist Church. I was still in there teaching Sunday School, preaching whenever there was an opportunity, and believing that one day that spirit of Elijah would come up the aisles of the Methodist Church, turn everything upside down, and we would have a great revival. That was my hope; because that was my idea of what the coming of Elijah would accomplish. I could see a revival coming. Even after I was privileged to meet this man, (Bro. William Branham) twice I asked him, Bro. Branham, I would like for you to come and preach in Rogers Campground church. He just replied, Well if the Lord ever speaks to me Bro. Jackson, I’ll be down there. I prayed with all expectation and hope because I could see that if that little man could get down there that little church house would reel and rock. I thought, They will stop fussing about where the piano is supposed to sit and get serious about serving the Lord. I do not know how many times we have gone to Sunday School in an old country church, and because some of the people in the community volunteered to come in and clean the church house, and for some reason decided to put the piano three feet from where it had been sitting and face it in a different direction, in would come someone who would say, Who moved the piano? Brothers and sisters I am telling you, There would be warfare through the whole Sunday School hour. You would go home thinking, All we heard was, The piano, the piano. What a tragedy! That is why a lot of denominational church people go to church on Sunday morning and then go home, not knowing anything at all that they did not already know. They have not enlarged themselves in any way; and the sad part is, They do not even hunger for anything more. They are content with the way they see everything already. They do not want that nest in their head torn up. Anyhow after I had asked Bro. Branham the second time without getting him down there to preach, I was beginning to see the possibility that it was never going to be a reality. I was beginning to get the feeling inside of me that my days in the Methodist Church were numbered. You know, soon after that I began to face facts: Instead of him coming to the camp ground, I was going to have to leave the camp ground and go where he was. That is why I say, This message of truth was definitely given to call out a people from among those places that would follow truth. Just as God was to call out a people, Israel, out of the nations and bring them back into the land of promise and deal with them there, and establish them as in the days of old, then it is a fact today that God is calling a Gentile people out of all this religious confusion in the world and bringing them back to the basic foundational teachings that was laid down by Paul, Peter, James, John and all those other first age apostles. It does not matter what anyone says about it, nor how they go about making excuses for what is happening, it is a fact that God is doing exactly that. It is reality; and I am glad to say, Thank God for doing that for me. I did not know there was anything more than what we had before the Lord started dealing with me. He stirred my nest: you might say.


THE GOSPEL WAS COMPLETE – SO WHAT THEN


In 96 A.D., when God gave the prophecies contained in the book of Revelation, even though the first Church Age had not completely closed out, the gospel was complete. God gave those saints a prophetic letter. It did not touch doctrine, it did not touch water baptism in any way; so that is why I say, The gospel message was complete by then. Right there, in the gospels and epistles is the faith that you and I are to be turned back to. As for the prophecy of the book of Revelation, things that are to be, really saints you could say that the basic part of its applicable only over here at the end time. Well we are living in the end time, so we need to pay attention to what is written therein. From 1933 to 1965, which was the year Bro. Branham was killed, we can actually say that the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ, the very gospel that was taught by the apostles, had been restored. With that restoration came the revelation of six of the seven seals, all of which makes up that which is referred to as the voice of the seventh angel in Revelation 10:7. That voice is still making its way around this earth; because it pertains to the message and not the actual audible voice of the messenger. We do know for sure that every predestinated seed of God upon the face of this earth will hear what he or she needs to hear before this all comes to a climax. God will not lose any. The revelation of the first six seals has been preached. The Godhead has been reestablished in its apostolic truth. Water baptism, repentance, (what it really is) the just shall live by faith, sanctification, the baptism of the Holy Ghost and all those New Testament teachings has been reestablished in the true Church of the living God. Also the fact that the Church in this day and hour is to have the same gifts operating in it as it did in its apostolic beginning. The Church is to be built upon nothing else but the revelation of Jesus Christ as it is presented in the New Testament. Therefore once those basic things have been restored, they become that which we would rightly call the voice of God that began to be published throughout the world. This means that in the period of time from that point when the voice began to sound, to the time when God does choose to end this present age, the Church will have reached completeness. As we look at this 7th verse in Revelation 10, we need to realize that if it was not in this chapter at this time, you could read this chapter with a different picture in your mind: because this verse is referring to something, not announcing something that is to be. I hope you catch my point here. It is not a verse that announces something that is to be later; because if it was announcing it, then there would have to be a period of time for that announcement, the introduction of it, to be applied. But notice that at the end, after the thunders have sounded and the angel cried time shall be no more, God is actually closing the door to the Gentile nations. The dispensation of grace for Gentiles has already ran its course. He is coming to take the people who have benefitted by the gospel out of here. I would not take it upon myself to put forth a day and hour for the translation of grace age saints; but I have to believe time is running out for us Gentiles. You do not see the Spirit of God working in its convicting power among unsaved people very much anymore. It is an altogether different picture we are seeing in this hour of time. God is now dealing mainly with the human side of that which is redeemed by the blood of Jesus Christ; because even though we are redeemed from our lost estate, we still have an awful lot of inherited traits that must be dealt with before we can really portray the image God is looking for in each and every one of us. Our revelation and understanding of how to look at ourselves in relation to the coming of the Lord also has to be perfected. An awful lot of people still have their head’s full of traditional ideas about the rapture of the saints; and about our estate after the rapture; and God is not going to take us to glory with all of that junk still hanging on to us. God is a sovereign Spirit; and that Spirit is the very Creator, the author and finisher of everything we will ever know anything about. The only fleshly body He has ever chosen to take up permanent dwelling in was the body of His only begotten Son Jesus, our Lord and Savior according to the scriptures; and the fact that this sovereign Spirit dwells in His only begotten Son, does not make the Son, God. He is still the Son of God. He has been given authority over all things pertaining to the Church; but that still does not make Him God. It is very natural for children of God to give honor and praise to Jesus the Son; because it was what He willingly took upon Himself at Calvary in our place that even gives us the privilege of approaching the throne of God for any reason. He is worthy of our adoration of Him; but He is not God: He is the Son of God. He taught us to direct our prayers and petitions to the Father; and it is through His name that we do this. We ourselves, by our own virtue, are not worthy to approach the throne of God; but because He paid the required price for that privilege for us, we are only accepted when we come to God by the authority of His name. Let me read a few verses of scripture to go with this, and then we will move on. (John 14:13) “And whatsoever ye shall ask in my name, that will I do, that the Father may be glorified in the Son. (John 14:26) But the Comforter, which is the Holy Ghost, whom the Father will send in my name, He shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you. (John 16:23) And in that day ye shall ask me nothing. Verily, verily, I say unto you, Whatsoever ye shall ask the Father in my name, He will give it you. (John 20:30-31) And many other signs truly did Jesus in the presence of His disciples, which are not written in this book: (31) But these are written, that ye might believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God; and that believing ye might have life through his name.” He that hath ears to hear, let him hear. Only the Spirit of God can give us a revelation; and He will not force it upon you before you are ready to receive it; but when you come to the place that you desire the revealed truth of God’s word regardless of what it does to your hang-on traditional ideas, Jesus said that Spirit would lead you into all truth. He is the Comforter; and I assure you, it is comforting to know the truth about things that are of interest to you. Therefore whether it be 1994, 1995 or whenever, when the Lord comes for His Gentile bride, it has been that voice of Revelation 10:7 that has called the Church out of Babylonian confusion and caused her to make herself ready to meet the Lord. That is why when it comes to this prophecy that was given in 96 A.D. back here in the first part, when we come to certain things in here, like for instance, chapters 4, 5 and 6, children of God in other ages did not have an understanding of them. They were to be understood at the end of the age. When we come to the revelation fo the 6th seal, the 6th chapter closes. How many realize that? There is nothing in it about the 7th seal, nor the seven thunders. The 6th chapter closes with the sixth seal. But notice the 7th chapter, how it falls right in line. What is it? He saw this angel ascending by the way fo the east, meaning from the eastern countries. He is saying to the four angels which stand on the four corners of the earth, and the four corners of the earth are not the north pole, the south pole and the eastern and western hemisphere. That actually points you right to the Euphrates Valley where the picture of civilization and everything started. Right there, is where those angels stand; because that is the gate way into the land of Israel and He is saying to those four angels, hurt not the sea, nor any tree, hold back the winds until we have sealed the servants of our God in their forehead. Therefore following the events of the 7th chapter we can say this, The 7th chapter lines up with chapter 8, after the seventh seal has been opened. Chapter 9 lines right up with the week of Daniel; but you have to bring the seventh seal back over here and apply it to the Gentiles. That is why you bring chapter 10 back to the Gentiles. I believe with all my heart that all this was written and shown to John like this, just to confuse certain natural minds from being able to put the picture together. Let us read this 10th chapter and allow our minds to look back and see if chapters 4, 5, and 6 are not related to 1965, and if so, we have been traveling in a period of time when that voice is being proclaimed around the world. We do know though, that somewhere that voice of God does reach a climaxing point: a point when it has fulfilled everything God purposed for it to fulfill. By the time we have traveled to that point, whether it is 1994, 1995, or 1996, or when, it means when that time comes then the seventh seal in heaven will be broken. It will all be over for us Gentiles; because that means Israel, by that time, is in position to have everything restored. Her borders are reestablished and God si ready to start doing something for the nation in respects to that seventieth week of time Daniel prophesied about.


WHEN THE SEVENTH SEAL IS OPENED


Let us read those first seven verses of Revelation 10; and I ask you to just follow the thought here. Do not try to visualize the literal man Jesus standing there like that. “And I saw another mighty angel come down from heaven, clothed with a cloud: and a rainbow was upon His head, and His face was as it were the sun, and His feet as pillars of fire: (This is none other than the revelation of Jesus Christ in angelic for. It is not Christ in his immortal form. How many realize that? It is an angelic being conveying the image of Christ to accomplish a purpose of God.) And He had in His hand a little book open: (that is the scroll that was seen in the right hand of Him that sat on the throne. Therefore that image can represent none other than the immortal person Jesus the Christ; because the scroll He was holding when John first saw it, is now open in this scene. It serves to show that the seal has at that time been broken. However we must take note of the fact that this 7th seal is broken back here in chapter 8, the very 1st verse. That is why, when we get these chapters and verses in chronological order of fulfillment, in their time sequence where they apply, it forms a beautiful picture.) And He set His right foot upon the sea, and His left foot on the earth, (3) And cried with a loud voice, as when a lion roareth: and when He had cried, seven thunders uttered their voices. (4) And when the seven thunders had uttered their voices, I was about to write: ad I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me, Seal up those things which the seven thunders uttered, and write them not. (5) And the angel which I saw stand upon the sea and upon the earth lifted up His hand to heaven, (6) And swear by Him that liveth for ever and ever, who created heaven, and the things that therein are, and the earth, and the things that therein are, and the sea, and the things which are therein, that there should be time no longer: (Time wise, where is that scene? It could be just ahead of where we are. Those things yet to be fulfilled first, God can wrap them up in very short order. Whenever that happens it means God’s Church is universally complete, perfect, and she is ready to go. It is at that time we see this 7th verse recorded.) But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of god should be finished, as He hath declared to His servants the prophets.” That voice will have already accomplished its purpose by the time the 7th seal is broken. The 7th verse is referable. That is why at that time, through the light of that verse, we can look back and realize you and I are where we are spiritually at that time, based on the fact that there had been this voice. Those thunders of verse 4, will not touch doctrine, baptism, salvation, nor anything else related to the gospel. The gospel has already done its work well before then. When I hear some of these preachers that sit and read and quote, and how they will say, Well I don’t know so much about the scriptures; but what the prophet said in these books I believe, it makes me say, You can quote those books verbatim; but if you do not learn from those books how to get back in this Bible, which is the basis of the whole thing, you are like a box car that has been cut loose from all the rest. You are going down a side track somewhere, and you are very likely to go through a bunch of weeds, down between two warehouses, and eventually be forgotten. That is exactly what is going to happen to a lot of people like that. They are living on quotes and they cannot see where those quotes lead to. They cannot put it in a time frame, therefore they cannot see the sequence of it. It is sad to see so many people like that today; but it is all in the hands of an all wise and all powerful God. He knows what the final estate of each of us will be. Nevertheless we are ready to start dealing with what we have been restored back to; and we need to find out if there is anything else we are to be restored to. I believe as time is getting short, every doctrine has already been restored. We have a true picture of the Godhead; and that is the key to understanding an awful lot of the other scriptures. How many of you really believe you have a true picture in your mind of the Godhead? I do. I am not the least bit confused about the Godhead. I can look back and say, Yes there was a time it did not matter to me whether God was ONE, three, half a dozen, or what. That is just the way I looked at it years ago; but listen to me, No true child of God in this hour of time can be so unconcerned. That is a denominational attitude. When God starts dealing with your heart you want to really be a child of God and you want to walk in the light of what is really truth, then you have to lay that old idea down; because that is the point where the whole thing starts. It is the revelation to know God in His deity, in His true makeup, and what He really consists of, that really puts you on the right track. When you see that, then from that time you begin to draw your knowledge, and your spiritual growth and progress in Him. I am thankful for His grace and mercy. Hallelujah!


A STAND FOR TRUTH


Some may wonder why I have repeated so many things I preached in other messages; but I assure you, I have a purpose in doing it. I hope you will bear with me long enough to allow me to fulfill what I feel God wants me to say in this little message. It is time for some of you to face up to what we really do stand for. I do not say this to brag or anything like that, but by the grace of god I have done my best for the past thirty years to stand in defense of the little man I believe was ordained to say something to help some people. It is very evident he has not helped the denominational church world. It has gone even further in the way of confusion: way beyond what it was thirty years ago. May I remind you also, that prior to 1960 we heard very little said about the various other religions of the world, such as Hinduism or Islam. We heard very little of their ideas and beliefs in our society; but that has all changed drastically. In the past thirty years there has been a spirit working to get prayer out of our schools, and Bible reading; and look what this present society or generation has come to. The atheists that have tried in the past to get the creation references taken out of all the school books have been successful in getting God out of the picture. That has made way for their teaching on evolution. In fact it overrides everything else in this hour of time. That just lets us see how things have changed in the last few decades of this century. When I was a child growing up, you dare not mention anything about evolution in our schools. You would have been run out of the place; and they would not have been very gentle with you. Now they come into this country from the Asiatic nations with any and every kind of religion and no one tries to stop them. From the Mid East nations they have come with Islam. They come in boldly. They build their synagogues, taking shelter behind our constitution of the United States. If anything is said in public that would indicate anything about true Christianity, somewhere there is always something said to put it down. The Hindu and Islam people will absolutely take the side of atheists if they need to, in order to contest what you and I believe. This nation was not founded under any such principles or influences. Our founding fathers held to Christianity as close as their revelation would let them; and the very freedom they devoted their time and efforts to is what these others are taking advantage of, in order to promote their pagan deities. There was a time when the word of God was respected in all branches of our government. That is why the Bible was a book used in the court rooms of our country. Today though, there are an awful lot of people in high places that mock the teachings of the Bible rather than having respect for them. I sometimes wonder why they even bother to use the Bible when they swear in a president: when they have such little respect for it otherwise. It is a shame that we have a society like this. Yet it is very evident that the Spirit of God has just about finished dealing with people to get them out of denominational religion in America, to sit under the teaching of the prophet to this age. Seeing the way our society has gone in the last 30 years, I just have to say, God have mercy on the generation coming up under the influence of a society like this. I have to believe there is a generation alive right now that will live to see the coming of the Lord; and I say that because of the way this anti God spirit is manifesting itself so openly. As Jesus said in Matthew 24, This generation shall not pass away until all these things be fulfilled. Many of the things He mentioned are the things we are now seeing take place. Listen to me saints, we need to be very diligent in standing for the truth of God’s word in this hour of atheism and perversion. If you give the devil one inch, he will take a mile; and you will have a battle regaining what you lose.


A LOOK AT HOW CHRISTIANITY STARTED OUT


We are going to look at some things in the Bible that should be encouraging to every true believer. I want to go back to the first century of Christianity as I deal with this message, “The Mystery of God” and pay attention to how Christianity started out. After the gospel came to the Gentiles, beginning around 56 A.D., we want to see from the book of Acts how God, in that hour, spread the gospel to accomplish His purpose, fulfilling these prophecies we have been reading; and keeping such unity of belief and purpose among the saints. We notice throughout the book of Acts the unique harmony of agreement, working together to establish within the Gentile societies, wherever they would be led, a people of like faith. Not a people of mixed ideas. The Gentile, pagan world was already mixed up, confused by all their pagan deities; and without hope in God. They could worship any god, any deity, but those gods were without life. There is no doubt there were rivalries, but at least most of society at that time was mixed up and confused in respect to the various deities that were worshiped. Yet when it came to the revelation of Jesus Christ, all the of the apostolic ministry went forth teaching and preaching the same thing. They were not the least bit confused. They knew what Jesus taught; and they understood what HE meant. It has been just the opposite of that for the most part in our day. After we take a look at how Christianity started out, we will come back and take a look at what has happened since 1965; and also take a good look at ourselves in the light of what has been going on. If we are true children of God, there has to come a time when we are content with what we understand in respect to what we have heard. There is going to be a people living upon this earth when that final hour has arrived: that will all be believing the same thing. America was founded in a time when the Reformation in Europe needed a place to escape to, that they might have the opportunity to grow in the grace and knowledge of the Lord: so that in the appointed time, God could manifest from among them a messenger to this age. That is why he came out of a nation that had been established under freedom, whose government had stood in defense of the Bible through most of two centuries of time. It has truly done that: even though right now you might look at how things are and question such a statement. Anyhow let us look and compare as we see how the gospel was preached, the unity it went forth with, and how God worked in it to accomplish His purpose. Yet when we come to our day, I have to believe that many who claim to be a Christian have missed the important ingredient in such an experience. Many claim to love the Lord, yet somehow along the way there seems to be something missing in their lives that ought to be there. People are all caught up in a lot of traditional ideas, rather than having a true revelation of what the Bible is all about. They are so set in the way they see things there is literally no way to penetrate that barrier until God first deals with them to soften them up a little. As I have said many times, you could not go to a school and teach from the textbooks the way people do the Bible. In other words, The Bible is God’s textbook; and it is not for everyone to interpret it according to their own ideas. It has to have a consistency, a uniformity of projection of revelation that establishes people upon a firm foundation; and that foundation is the revelation of Jesus Christ. Let us go now to the book of Acts. The church has already been born. The gospel has already been preached in Jerusalem and it is time for it to reach out, so we look first at the 8th chapter of the book of Acts: to see how that outreach began. At that time, Saul of Tarsus was in Jerusalem. He sat as one of the high characters on the Sanhedrin Court. He was very much opposed to this new belief, this new covenant that was being proclaimed. Stephen had been stoned to death and believers were being persecuted right and left. So with this, we will begin reading in the 8th chapter of the book of Acts, “And Saul was consenting unto his death. (Stephen’s) And at that time there was a great persecution against the Church which was at Jerusalem; and they were all scattered abroad (That does not mean they were driven overseas, but rather out of the vicinity of Jerusalem.) Throughout the regions of Judaea and Samaria, except the apostles.” This gives us a little glimpse of how the New Testament Church started out. It also lets us see how Saul, the man that wrote half of the Epistles in the New Testament, actually started out persecuting the Christians until he himself had an encounter with the living Christ. (Acts 8:3-8) “As for Saul, he made havoc of the Church, entering into every house, and haling men and women committed them to prison. (4) Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word. (5) Then Philip went down the city of Samaria, and preached Christ unto them. (6) And the people with one accord gave heed unto those things which Philip spake, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did. (7) For unclean spirits, crying with loud voice, came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies, and that were lame, were healed. (8) And there was great joy in that city.” Philip, you might say, left Jerusalem out of fear of what was going to take place if he stayed there: because he had already seen what had been done to his fellow brother, a deacon, chosen along with him to minister to the needs of the saints. Stephen, had been stoned to death shortly after being chosen to that office. God allowed this persecution to come about for one major purpose: to scatter those believers throughout the region. If He allowed all those believers to stay in Jerusalem without any kind of persecution, that is as far as the gospel message would have reached. He let them stay there in Jerusalem until they grew into a great body of believers; and then He let some persecution come about to scatter them; and those who fled the persecution preached and testified concerning the gospel of Jesus Christ wherever they went. It did seem very strange though, Stephen was chosen from among the congregation of believers to be one of the men that would wait on tables and look after the needs of the people; and he started fulfilling that office according to the plan of God; but in the street he was preaching to the Jewish sinner people. Then those cutthroat Jewish religious leaders who were as hypocritical as it was possible to be, along with others just like them, rose up against him and stoned him to death. What a quick way to leave this world: Just be chosen for a place of service to the Lord and you find that it is soon to be a gateway into heaven. When he lay there dying the power of God came upon him; and he saw a vision. He saw heaven opened and Jesus standing on the right hand of the father. That pleases the Trinitarians: because they see Jesus standing on the right hand of another person. They will argue with you: That is what Stephen saw; so that is the way it is. That is because they have no revelation of the Godhead. We see it different than that: because we understand that Jesus was the ONLY PERSON of the Godhead. We want to move on with our look at the ministry of Philip though, so notice how God honored his preaching down there in Samaria. “Then Philip went down to the city of Samaria, and preached Christ unto them.” He went there out of fear for his life; but God made an evangelist of him: for he was so full of the Spirit of God, and so full of joy he could not help but tell what he knew: and when he began to tell it, the people of Samaria received his words gladly and turned to the Lord. Notice again what it says, about that, “And the people with one accord gave heed unto those things which Philip spake, hearing and seeing the miracles which he did. (7) For unclean spirits, crying with loud voice, came out of many that were possessed with them: and many taken with palsies, and that were lame, were healed. (8) And there was great joy in that city.” The part I am bringing out is for the purpose of showing you how the power of God worked in that first age: regardless of whether it was a deacon doing the preaching, or an apostle, or whatever the preacher’s position was in the body of Christ. We want to notice that however God worked through that person’s life, there was no one standing around saying, Now what are you up to? Who do you think you are? You are just trying to make yourself something. That is the kind of spirit that has been present for the past thirty years of this age; but I have to say, if it had been that way two thousand years ago, Christianity never would have gotten out of the first twenty five years of its existence. It would have died in its infancy. God’s purpose was for what had been started there in Jerusalem to eventually spread throughout the whole earth: so He saw to it that there was unity among those believers of the first age, and also a vision as to how they were to proceed forward in the divine plan of God. That vision came later: after the first persecution began to scatter the believers. Anyhow as Philip preached the gospel there in Samaria, we find that many believed on the Lord Jesus Christ through the gospel he preached, with no questions asked. Then when that meeting was built up to a certain magnitude and the Lord was really glorified in it, God exercised His sovereign right to intervene in it. If His human instruments are sensitive enough to the Spirit, He can direct them in a way that will keep on glorifying Him, instead of allowing it to come to a place where the human instrument gets the glory. We find here that as the apostles at Jerusalem heard how Samaria had received the gospel, and heard that miracles were done by the ministry of this little deacon, they purposed to send Peter and John down there to help out. They prayed for the people who had been baptized, that they might receive the Holy Ghost: for at that time, none of them had received the Spirit. After they ministered to those believers there in Samaria, Peter and John returned to Jerusalem, preaching the gospel along the way; and God moved Philip to another location: this time to minister to one single solitary soul that needed to know more about God.


GOD DOES NOT LOSE ANY THAT WERE FOREKNOWN OF HIM


While Peter and John were on their way back to Jersualem, after ministering to the believers in Samaria, the angel of the Lord spoke to Philip, so let us move to verse 26 and follow him. We are going to keep our eyes on this deacon for a little while. “And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip.” In this day and hour we have many that would say, I don’t believe that. That is not what the prophet taught us. I am not going to listen to that any longer. That bunch of idolaters refuse to believe God will ever use anyone else after Bro. Branham was taken from among us. Even now, some will say, Now Bro. Jackson, you are picking on me. Again I say, Let the shoe fit where it fits. If you are guilty of such as I spoke of, then I am talking about you along with all the others who have the same attitude. When I heard Bro. Branham preach through the years, many times he would say, The Church will return to its same apostolic position. I believe that also; and I am fully persuaded that God will not have to raise Bro. Branham from the dead in order to bring that to pass. God has other vessels scattered around this world that He is using in these last days of this age of grace to Gentiles. An awful lot of people in this world today want miracles; but they have already programmed God in such a way it has got to come according to the way they want it, or they will not accept it. Their theory is, If I cannot get any benefit out of what is taking place, then phooey on it. If my name cannot be at the top, I will not have any part of it: is how many of them look upon what the Spirit of God is doing in this hour. That is this twentieth century generation of so-called Christians. It is a proven fact, no matter how great a revelation God drops down and makes accessible to man, by the time he is done with it, he has picked it apart and taken so many things out of it, there is not much left on the plate to feed upon. It was not like that in the apostolic beginning. Those men moved with the revelation: wherever it took them. Keep in mind, they had no tape recorders, they had no copy machines, they had no typewriters, nor any radios. What they remembered, was what they preached and lived by; but God saw to it that their memory was sufficient for His purpose in each of them. What you have to marvel at, is how faithful and loyal they moved with what was committed to them. They had the Holy Ghost in them; and He was able to call to their remembrance anything they had ever heard. That is the main thing. Mankind today, with all his mechanical and electronic devices, has cultivated a spirit that is completely anti to the plan of God. I am talking about the church world in general: not God’s chosen ministry for this hour. Let us finish verse 26. “And the angel of the Lord spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, and go toward the south unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert. And he (Philip) arose and went:” While he was in Samaria the angel did not tell him why he should go; but Philip went anyhow: no questions asked. If it was in our day that God would speak to someone by sending an angel, and then someone was to relate the experience to some friends, and we would say things up to a certain point have been going wonderfully well, you let the same thing be repeated and someone would say, Now I just don’t know about that! You see what God had already done. Did the angel tell Philip what he was supposed to do? No, he just said go out into the desert. In our day, here is what you would likely hear, Well if I were you, I believe I would be very careful about something like that. There is so much criticism, self righteousness and outright unbelief, that many people are already blocked before they even get started. Nevertheless here is Philip, he left Jerusalem because he was afraid to stay there any longer. He did not want to go out of this world the way his brother Stephen did. God used that opportunity to get him out of there; but watch from here on, what an experience he had. All of this goes to show, and I have to preach it this way, God is no respecter of persons when it comes to the working of His Spirit. When people can see through the working of the Spirit and the leading of the Spirit, that there is absolutely no difference in the objective on the part of the individual, God is free to use that vessel. “And he arose and went: (went where? He was headed down toward the Gaza Strip) and, behold, a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority under Candace queen of the Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come to Jerusalem for to worship, was returning, and sitting in his chariot read Esaias the prophet. Then the Spirit said unto Philip, (God likes to talk to you when there is no crowd around. That is many times where it is more simple, your mind can dwell on just what God is talking about.) Go near, and join thyself to this chariot. And Philip ran thither to him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said,” (I can almost see Philip as he was approaching this roadway. God coincides everything. If God is working on this end, then he is working on the other end also. Now whatever route the angel took Philip, he was destined to be intersected by something God had planned for him to be apart of. As soon as he saw that chariot, the Spirit of God said to him, Go join thyself to the chariot. As he approached the chariot and got where he could see the man riding in it, ‘I imagine he discovered that he had the reins wrapped around something there in the front of the chariot so he could have both hands free.’ He heard him reading. Those horses knew what they were doing, more than a lot of church members in the world today. Imagine, he was going down the road, not even having to worry about where the horses might take him, just riding along there reading the scriptures. The horses were staying right in the road, taking him right where he was supposed to go; and he was reading out loud; because Philip heard him reading from the writings of Isaiah the prophet. That was the occasion that caused Philip to say to him,) “Understandest thou what thou readest? (31) And he said, How can I, except some man should guide me? And he desired Philip that he would come up and sit with him.”(That was all Philip needed. It is a wonderful thing, when God works on both ends.) (32) “The place of the scripture which he read was this, He was led as a sheep to the slaughter; and like a lamb dumb before his shearer, so opened He not his mouth: (33) In His humiliation His judgment was taken away: and who shall declare His generation? For his life is taken from the earth. (34) And the eunuch answered Philip, and said, I pray thee, of whom speaketh the prophet this? (In other words it was a question, Who was this man talking about?) Of himself, or of some other man? Then Philip opened his mouth, (Since Philip was a Jew, knowing the scriptures, and was now full of the Holy Ghost, he got the revelation of what this scripture was all about, and the setting dropped right before him,) and began at the same scripture, and preached unto him Jesus.” What a wonderful setting we have here, but let us watch the climax. This is the part I am looking at. I am bringing this in, to try to show you something that is going on. Over the world today, from one end to the other, through the past thirty years the teachings of Bro. Branham have literally gone around the world to every nation. From South America to Scandinavia, from Africa to the Far East, yet wherever it has gone you still have people just as much in division and confusion as Christendom has ever been in since the denominational structure was formed. My point is to ask, Why is this so? If this man’s teaching was to bring us back to the apostolic faith as we brought out earlier, then tell me, what has happened? What entered the picture that causes it to be like it is? I am convinced after thirty years, we have not much more time left, and there is a people in the earth today I am also convinced that their hearts have been changed, and the things they believed have literally been turned around; and today they believe exactly what the apostles taught. You have both elements claiming to believe the message of the prophet to this age: so I ask you, Which one element really do believe what the prophet taught? What was that Elijah anointing supposed to do when it came again? The answer is very obvious. I believe by the time we get finished with this message we will see for sure what the Lord is coming for. We know for sure He is not coming for any of these people who have sold out to some denomination: that is a well established fact; but at the same time, what about all of those people who were called out of those denominations and have ended up with confusion and ideas that are just as antichrist as what they came out of? Some of those people are sincere, godly looking people that no one can lay a charge against concerning how they look: yet spiritually they are idolaters because they worship a man, instead of the God that anointed him. They are sincere in what they do believe; but the point is this, Is their belief more justifiable than that of a person in a denomination simply because they sat under the teaching of a prophet? Some of the things they believe and teach cannot even be found in the Bible in any form: they have to go to some book they have, trying to justify them. So my answer for that condition has to lay in this, If for some reason there is an element of people out here in that category that truly are foreknown children of God; and for some reason God has allowed them to linger there in that state of confusion until some future point, since they will not listen to any other preacher, that means God will have to do something on the basis of the supernatural, in order to get them in. If such a thing is possible, when that hour of time does come, they will not have another ten years to play around with whatever God does in their life. I just say that to keep from judging them; because I know what the word of God makes so clear concerning believers at the end of this age.


THE EUNUCH BAPTIZED PHILIP CAUGHT AWAY


As we look back to Philip, out there in the desert with that Ethiopian eunuch, here is what it says, Philip opened his mouth and preached Jesus unto him. (36) “And as they went on their way, they came unto a certain water: and the eunuch said, See, here is water; what doth hinder me to be baptized? (37) And Philip said, If thou believest with all thine heart, thou mayest. And he answered and said, I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God. (38) And he commanded the chariot to stand still: (I can just hear that man say, Whoa! to the horses. They stopped right on the spot. I do not believe he had to look for a rock to ground hitch them or anything. I believe he wrapped his lines up and got out. When he did the horses stood there watching the scene, what was about to take place) and they went down both into the water, both Philip and the eunuch; and he baptized him.” Now I want to ask you something. Was this eunuch a president, or a dignitary of some kind? Was he a public figure? Was he an individual that stood out, being of some great importance? Why do I ask you that? Simply to call to your attention, that in the days of the apostolic Church, it was not your image as far as some important earthly figure that caused your name to be recorded, or your person talked about in the writings of the scriptures. The scriptures were written to give an account of what took place in that first age; and not for the purpose of pumping up someone’s flesh. Keep in mind, Philip did not write the book of Acts. It was written by Luke. How did Luke get hold of this story? It is simple: I am convinced that sooner or later wherever God worked, however He chose to work, and whomsoever He worked through, it was not long until that story found its way back to Jerusalem and to the Church. When the report got back there, The Church did not say, Well it looks like Philip is running all ov er the country trying to be something. No. They all rejoiced. They did not talk then, like so many jealous preachers do in this day and hour. The Church back then, glorified God in every occasion they had. They were glad to see god working by His mighty power, regardless of what vessel He chose to work through. They were not only willing on the part of each one, to preach Jesus Christ at any moment, but wherever they went, and whatever God did through any of them, sooner or later that story got back to the home assembly. It was from the home base knowledge of these things, that sooner or later all the wonderful displays of God’s saving grace and power became recorded in the overall historical story of how the power of God, through the apostles, worked in the early Church. That is why it is called the book of Acts. It is the acts of the apostles; but keep in mind also, that it records the acts of some of the deacons, which are lesser than the apostles whose names were recorded in the various episodes. In this case, Philip baptized the eunuch, and then look what it says, (39) “And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip, that the eunuch saw him no more: and he went on his way rejoicing.”  The Catholic Church will say Philip took his eunuch down into a little shallow hole, sat him on a rock, and poured some water over his head. That is how they portray baptism. I heard a man on the radio one time. He had been there. Well I have too. Anyhow He said the place where this was supposed to have taken place was not deep enough to immerse the person. Today that is true; but let me remind you of this. When you live in desert type country, you find that those kind of things change over a period of time. That was water from a spring. It was really called a fountain; because the water came from an underground source. But it is also a fact that through centuries of time these springs can become filled with sand from wind storms. Therefore after two thousand years of a certain place of water being exposed to the elements of nature, you have to realize how man might see it a hundred years ago, and it might be altogether different than what it was 1900 years ago. It is not like it is in this part of the world where we do not see the wind pick up tons and tons of dirt and carry it somewhere and fill up different places. Regardless of all that, the point is, They came up out of the water. You would not have to go down into the water to pour a little over someone’s head. He immersed him, buried him, if you please; and then raised him. “And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip.” What do you think those apostles at Jerusalem thought, when word got back to them that Philip had been transported by the Spirit? Do you think they found fault with him? Did Peter feel like he was just trying to out do him? I seriously doubt that. They were all thrilled about what the Spirit of God was doing. If he had lived in the twentieth century and had that happen to him, it would have been a different story. All of the other preachers out there with their huge tents would have been jealous of him. It has been like that for the past forty years in this nation. Even when the spirit of God was moving back in the 50’s in such a mighty way, in what we call the deliverance realm, if A.A. Allen got one type of tent, someone else came along three weeks later with a larger one. Here they are going down the highways with their tractor and trailer trucks, their chairs and their three pole, four pole, or five pole tent. I do not know whether they made any with more poles than that or not; but that is how they state the size of a tent. Some of those five pole tents were enormous things. Those preachers had the picture of the tent painted on the sides of their trailers for everyone to see. I heard this story one time, Two of those type of evangelists had met at a convention. (This is supposed to be a true story.) One of them was saying to the other, I understand you have a meeting scheduled in a certain place. Yes. Then he asked, How did they respond when you took up an offering? Did they come forward, or did you have to spend a lot of time begging? As that was told to me I thought to myself, That is exactly what the whole thing ended up in: just a big push for money. When they got to running a rat race, to see who could get the largest tent, and who had the best equipment, then naturally if they were going from place to place, they wanted to know where the riches cities were; and how liberal the people were in giving. If that town seemed more liberal in their giving, that is where he wanted to go next. Tell me, How could the Spirit of God lead in a situation like that? If one of those fellows had a good meeting going like Philip did, Do you think he would take his tent down and go out into some remote place where there had been no preparations made? No, the Spirit of God was not allowed to direct them: the way He did Philip. He left that good meeting in Samaria just to obey the Lord. I have to say, saints, I want to obey the Lord in whatever time we have left; and I am sure all of you do too. No matter what it is, how insignificant, how unimportant it may look, if we respect the grace of God and the Spirit of God, then there are times we have to say, Lord, not my way, not what I plan, but whatever you want me to do. Say it, and mean it; and you will be surprised at what the Lord may ask you to do. Philip just followed the angel of the Lord, asking no questions, and not doubting that the Lord had a purpose in moving him; so there he went out into the desert; but the Lord did not leave him wandering around out there: He led him straight to the Ethiopian eunuch; and the rest just came natural. He instructed him, he baptized him; and as they came up out of the water, here is what it says about Philip, “And when they were come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught away Philip.” In other words, God gave him a ride in the Spirit. Think of it. Let a thing like that happen today and you can just imagine what people would say, I know he is just stretching the facts: God would not do that. I say, Why Not? He did it for Philip! People today would rather say, He is trying to make himself somebody. My point is, You cannot go anywhere, nor say anything to please the Lord without having to face all this criticism from people who think they saw so much, and heard so much more than anyone else. Maybe they did; but they do not know what to do with it. Therefore if they do anything, it has to be something Bro. Branham spoke about in one of his sermons; and then they do not know what he meant. That is why there are dozens of versions in the world today about everything he spoke upon: simply because those carnal minds that followed him so closely did not have spiritual perception.


HOW GOD SPOKE TO THE APOSTLE PETER


Let us go to Acts, chapter 10: to look at another example of God’s leading. This time, it was the apostle Peter. The Church, at this time was just about six years old. However God was going to begin to show forth in advance, to the Jewish element at Jerusalem, that He had the Gentiles in mind also. Peter was not at Jerusalem when God dealt with him. He was over the mountains, along the Mediterranean sea coast, in a little town called Joppa: that lays on the south side just a few miles from Tel Aviv. There, is where Peter was. He was called there to pray for a certain person who had died. Up the sea coast at Caesarea though, was a Greek by the name, Cornelius. He was a Roman soldier, an officer; but he had become a proselyte to the Jewish faith, to Judaism. He had befriended many of the Jewish people out of compassion: seeing their conditions. He had taken it upon himself to be kind to the Jewish people, rather than being a lord and just exercising his authority over them. Being a proselyte to their belief, he had fasted and prayed, doing what he knew to do. He was a man of authority, very concerned about his position, and what he was there for, and for the Jewish people he was there to watch over. All of a sudden Cornelius had an unusual experience. An angel of the Lord came in and spoke with him. Cornelius had been praying; and the angel of the Lord came to him in a vision and told him his prayers had been heard. The angel of the Lord told Cornelius to send men to Joppa and call for a man whose name is Peter: staying in the house of a man named Simon, a tanner whose house is by the sea side: He will tell you what you need to do. If they had been a day earlier they never would have gotten that Jew to talk to them: much less go with them. He wanted nothing to do with Gentiles up until this very time; so we will pick up the account in verse 9, where the Lord is dealing with Peter, getting him prepared for what he was about to be asked to do. (Acts 10:9-12) “On the morrow, as they went on their journey, and drew nigh unto the city, Peter went up upon the housetop to pray about the sixth hour: (It was evidently right before meal time.) (10) And he became very hungry, and would have eaten: but while they made ready, he fell into a trance (where was Peter? On the house top. Dinner is cooking downstairs. Peter was hungry, physically hungry. Watch the setting, how God uses a natural setting to speak to that Jewish man; and then launch His purpose through that man, Remember, odors usually filter upwards; and Peter was hungry when he went up there and just took that occasion to pray. Yet every time he would breathe, he could not help but smell the aroma of food cooking down stairs. All of that was feeding into his human makeup; and that was the basis for how God was going to speak to him.) And saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it had been a great sheet knit at the four corners, and let down to the earth: (12) Wherein were all manner of four footed beasts of the earth, and wild beasts, and creeping things, and fowls of the air. (You could almost see this huge thing slowly descending before him; and Peter, in his natural, human feelings was very hungry. No doubt the odor of food from below was filling his nostrils; So God used that very setting to expose Peter’s human personality; and his attitude toward Gentile people. Little did he realize what would come out of it. What he saw in that great sheet were things the Law forbade Jews to eat.) And there came a voice to him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat. But Peter said, Not so, Lord; for I have never eaten any thing that is common or unclean. (He believed in keeping the Law to the letter. In other words, He was a legalist.) And the voice spake unto him again the second time, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. This was done thrice: (three times) and the vessel was received up again into heaven.” Three time was significant: because it spoke of the number of people that were on the road, coming from Cornelius’ household. “Now while Peter doubted in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean, behold, the men which were sent from Cornelius had made inquiry for Simon’s house, (He was the property owner where Peter was lodged.) And stood before the gate, and called, and asked whether Simon, which was surnamed Peter, were lodged there.” Can you not just almost see and hear all of that taking place? There, was Peter up there on that flat roofed house top: The vision has just ended; and he was doubting, or questioning in his mind as to what all of that meant: when all of a sudden he heard men’s voices down at the gate: asking, Is there a man by the name of Simon Peter staying here? “While Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit said unto him, Behold, three men seek thee.” The vision and voice was repeated three times; and Peter knew the Law deemed those beast to be unclean animals: not meant for Jewish consumption. Brother, if you taught this to your theological, denominational church world ministry today, here is the response you would get. Well you see, it is like this, that was done in days when illiteracy was predominant. Men were not very smart; so God had to rely on a display of His power to convince them and vindicate His purpose. When I read the Bible I find that Peter could read and write: Otherwise there would not have been the 1st and 2nd Epistles of Peter. How many realize that? To me, that is a very poor way of trying to excuse away that supernatural presence of God; and how He likes to work in supernatural ways many times through a body of people, to accomplish and bring about a collective element of people from different realms of human societies and races of nations to fulfill his purpose. When God gets through with them, they all wind up believing the same thing. Just notice here, we see this man Peter; and the Spirit has said to him, Three men are asking for you. “Arise therefore, and get thee down, and go with them, (That is how the Spirit was talking to that Jewish fisherman.) doubting nothing: for I have sent them.” I tell you, this man Peter, who was the spokesman in the streets of Jerusalem on the day of Pentecost, the principle one the Spirit literally used to speak to those thousands that day, when out of that crowd of people three thousand were baptized. He was Jewish through and through; but this just goes to show how God, by over riding the human nature side of Peter, was going to lead those men there to go against his human feelings. It was not for the purpose of humiliating him: but rather to broaden his vision concerning the plan and purpose of the God he loved and sought to serve with his whole being. I am so glad this man was pliable in the hands of God: so his human makeup, which this portrays, was not allowed to take a stand against the will of his God. His human makeup, and how it was dealt with, is the part I want you to see and take note of; and then observe how in spite of it he followed the instructions and leadings of the Spirit of God. “Then Peter went down to the men which were sent unto him from Cornelius; and said, Behold, I am he whom ye seek: what is the cause wherefore ye are come?” From that, they began to tell how their master had been praying and the angel of the Lord had said thus and so, which had to be understood by Peter, making it even that much more compelling for him to go with them. The Spirit was urging him: Go on with them! Do not question the vision; and do not question the men, just go with them. Some people, if you ask them to do something, you have to explain every little thing to them before they will take one step. But here, God is saying to Peter, Go with them and doubt not. Peter left Joppa with them and they made their journey up the sea coast to Cornelius’ household. He was just simply following those men: going to a man’s house, whom he had never laid eyes upon before. As he goes in, Cornelius had some of his relatives there. He wanted his relatives to hear what he was going to hear when this Jewish man came. Therefore when Peter and the other brethren that had gone with him stepped inside the house, (I believe the number of those that went with him was six; and they were witnesses; and were Jews that believed just like Peter.) he began to ask, For what reason have you ask me to come here? Cornelius began to tell his experience. You can say this, That put Peter in the spotlight of attention. What was he going to say? Was he going to doubt the vision Cornelius had? No. When he understood how God has spoken to him there on the house top; and then saw how God had dealt with Cornelius by sending an angel to speak to him, you can say this, Peter knew he was standing in an opened door. He knew he either had to preach Christ to them, or his mouth would remain shut. (I have to say it like that; because that is exactly what it really amounted to. But notice, Peter did not know what God was really going to do: He just knew enough to feel in his own heart, I have to preach Jesus to them. As he preached Christ to them, we do not know whether it was 15 minutes, 30 minutes, or 40 minutes: but when his message got to a certain point, God was watching from above and saw the spiritual nature of those Gentiles sitting there in that room; and saw how they were hanging on to every word Peter spoke just like little birds sitting in a nest waiting for mother to feed them; and He just simply began to drop the Holy Ghost down on that entire household of people while Peter was still preaching. They all began to speak in tongues. I have to believe, that after that supernatural display of God’s power became so obvious that these people were beside themselves, they just could not refrain from yielding to the Spirit. I also have to believe that Peter finally had to stop preaching and yield to what God was doing among those Gentiles. He looked at the other men with him and said, (Acts 10:47) “Can any man forbid water, that these should not be baptized, which have received the Holy Ghost as well as we? (48) And he commanded them to be baptized in the name of the Lord. Then prayed they him to tarry certain days.” These examples are what those Pentecostal people who insist on tongues being the evidence of the Holy Ghost, always want to use. Well saints, let me first say this, Some people who receive the Holy Ghost do speak in tongues immediately; but tongues alone do not prove that a person has received the Holy Ghost, for the devil can speak in tongues also. He is allowed to manifest anything manifested by the Spirit of God. He is a counterfeiter: Therefore the most dependable evidence of whether anyone has truly received the Holy Ghost is how they respect the word of God from that moment forth. When you find someone claiming to be filled with the Spirit of God, and that person continued to fight against the true revelation of the Godhead, there is definitely something wrong with that person’s experience. Did not Jesus say that when the Holy Ghost (the Comforter, the Spirit of truth) comes, He will guide you into all truth? That is His first and foremost purpose in the daily lives of true believers. The Holy Ghost is not given to us just so we can have a good time shouting and dancing and have a good feeling while we are in a certain atmosphere: If He is truly in you, He will open your eyes to truth and enable you to overcome the temptations the devil places before you daily, always trying to get you to return to your former ways. He is in you to enable you (not force you) to live for God wherever you are. Well let me get back to the tongues part. We have to keep one thing in mind, If the Holy Ghost had come into those disciples on the day of Pentecost without any supernatural manifestation of His presence, those who did not receive the first outpouring would have had no way of knowing that the 120 had received anything. Peter, being a Jew, and totally critical of the Gentiles, always looking up them as dogs, had to witness something himself, in order to recognize what was taking place there in the house of that Roman Centurion. God knew how Peter was: That is why He showed him that sheet three times, with all kinds of unlawful beasts in it, that the Law said for the Jews not to eat. There, God was saying to him, Rise Peter: kill and eat. Well naturally, even though he had received the Holy Ghost along with the others on the day of Pentecost, he was still living under the Law of Moses; for God had not yet instructed them concerning this covenant of grace: so Peter responded to that voice by saying, Not so, Lord, for I have never eater anything common or unclean. How did God answer him? He simply said, What God hath cleansed, that call not thou common. Peter still did not understand the significance of what he had just experienced; but one thing was sure, he was willing and ready to follow the instructions given him by the voice from God. My point is this, God took this man and over rode his human nature, therefore when he saw the Holy Ghost fall upon those Gentiles with the same manifestations they themselves had received, he immediately recognized that God was doing a new thing; and that he was a part of it. Do you think Peter would have been convinced that those Gentiles had received the Spirit of God, if the only evidence present was them saying to him, I believe, I believe? Peter was not going to accept those words from a Gentile, and then go back to Jerusalem and say they had received the Holy Ghost just because they said they did. However when he heard them speak with tongues just like they did in the upper room, that was what made him say, Seeing they have received the gift just like we did at the beginning. It was God’s ordained plan that the Gentiles receive it with the same sign of manifestation that those first Jews did. That is why Peter said it like that. He was convinced.


PETER REPORTING TO THE CHURCH AT JERUSALEM


Now when you go on over into the 11th chapter, and this is the point I am getting to, Peter was back in Jerusalem: How long he stayed at Cornelius’ house, the Bible does not say; but whatever amount of time may have transpired, Peter eventually came back to Jerusalem; and there, he was faced with answering to those other Jews for going among Gentiles: which they all knew was contrary to the Law. The 1st verse of chapter 11, “And the apostles and brethren that were in Judaea heard that the Gentiles had also received the word of God. And when Peter was come up to Jerusalem, they that were of the circumcision contended with him, Saying, Thou wentest in to men uncircumcised, and didst eat with them. But Peter rehearsed the matter from the beginning, and expounded it by order unto them, saying, I was in the city of Joppa praying.” He then began telling the vision God had given him when he was on the house top praying. When you come on over here a little further, you will find the apostles all accepted Peter’s testimony concerning how the Holy Ghost had led him. Therefore it became a recorded fact at the Church in Jerusalem, how God had bestowed the same blessings upon those Gentiles that the Jews had received in that first outpouring of the Holy Ghost; and there remained no more questions among the elders and the apostles of the Jerusalem assembly, as to whether it was of God or not. At that particular time though, there was no one keeping a written record of the various manifestations of the Spirit of God and of the impact upon the people. However some time later, after Saul of Tarsus had been dealt with in a supernatural way, and his name changed to Paul, as he went forth in the ministry, Luke the physician came into the picture. It was Luke, months and months later, that began to feel it was his obligation to begin to set down an account of the things that had been going on. He did not exclude one thing of how the Spirit led Peter, and how God chose to give the Gentiles the same gift of eternal life. My point is, Suppose Peter had left Jerusalem and gone that sixty some miles to Joppa, (That is approximately the distance.) then later, he had this vision, and goes up to Caesarea, and there God bestows the blessing on the Gentiles; and then just suppose it was in our day that it took place. What kind of story do you think you would get, if Peter came back to Jeffersonville and began to tell the same story; and the same individuals that have been in this area for the last 35 years was to hear it? I know exactly what they would say. I don’t know about that: the prophet did not say anything about a thing like that ever happening. Now I am not saying this to belittle anyone: but just to look at a spirit that has side tracked a bunch of people. It is a pitiful picture. They claim to believe, and are saying this man was to turn our faith back to the faith of our fathers; but in their mind it is only a legal statement. In reality they have not been returned to that faith themselves; and they give no room for anyone else to be. That particular element of quoters have not grown one inch spiritually since the death of Bro. Branham. It is just so many words in their mind; and they feel justified to hold to them, even though they actually mean nothing to them; because they have not allowed the Spirit of God to move them from where they stood 30 years ago. Their idea of walking in the Spirit is, Just say everything exactly like Bro. Branham said it: for if you say anything more you are out of the will of God; and out of the message. Well if I have to be in that kind of message, I have no desire whatsoever to be in it. It is a mess, instead of a message. What they have is not God’s message for the bride of Christ in this hour of time; and it is certainly not God’s voice for the hour of the bride of Christ. That is why they look upon me and say, There goes that black bird. Well if it takes a black bird to make all the white ones shine, so be it. The point is, Those saints at Jerusalem glorified God: that the Gentiles had received the gospel and they did not question Peter as to whether he had done such a thing. They all knew from the way it came about, that Peter was in the perfect will of God. They did not set about to worry about what God would do next, or whether there was any authority for any of them to go contrary to the Law of Moses. They were convinced that God was doing those things to fulfill His purpose and that was just fine with them.


OBEYING THE HOLY GHOST


As we explore these various occasions where the Spirit of God changed the mind’s of His servants and caused them to do something different than what they had planned to do, I would like to go to the 16th chapter of Acts. We know the apostle Paul’s testimony: how God dealt with him on the road to Damascus: when he was going there to persecute Christians; so now we will look at an occasion where Paul, after he became a missionary spreading the gospel of the Lord Jesus Christ, had determined to go to a certain place and the Spirit of God changed his plans. This is the very man that condemned Stephen to death and stood by holding the clothing of those that were stoning him. Stephen was a Jew full of the Holy Ghost and the revelation of Jesus Christ; and that pious bunch of Pharisees were bashing his head in; and Paul, who was still called Saul at that time, was as hard hearted about it all as anyone could be, just stood there watching them take the life right out of him. But what we are going to look at, took place years later, after Paul was fully committed to the service of God according to the New Covenant. God was leading him; and he was in his second missionary journey. He had purposed to go into what today we call northern Turkey. I pick up the account in verse 6, of Acts 16. “Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia and the region of Galatia, (notice) and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost (this lets me know somewhere the spirit of God, the Holy Ghost, was able to speak either to Paul or one of the company so that they felt constrained not to go any further into Asia) to preach the word in Asia, after they were come to Mysia, they assayed (purposed) to go into Bithynia: but the Spirit suffered them not. And they passing by Mysia came down to Troas. And a vision appeared to Paul in the night; There stood a man of Macedonia, and prayed him, saying, Come over unto Macedonia, and help us.” Where is Macedonia? In the old country of Yugoslavia, just south of where they are fighting in Bosnia: That is where it is located. There is where those early churches were established by the apostle Paul. Verse 10, “And after he had seen the vision, immediately we endeavored to go into Macedonia, assuredly gathering that the Lord had called us for to preach the gospel unto them.” The apostle Paul is the man God had purposely called and chosen for this particular work, to preach this great revelation of truth to the Gentiles in their overall setting. However we do know that Peter was the man from Jerusalem, that God first led to preach to a Gentile family there at Caesarea: but remember, That was still in the home land of the Jewish people. On the other hand, Paul, who was also a Jew himself, was outside of home land, wanting to fulfill the commission that God had put in him when Ananias, at Damascus, had been told by God, Go out in to a street called Straight and enter into a certain man’s house, and behold, Saul of Tarsus is there praying, and seeing you come and pray for him that he may receive his sight. When you read that you see exactly how the Holy Ghost worked on both ends to make this a connection. In that picture we see how Ananias told Paul by prophesying to him, For God hath chosen you to be a light unto the Gentiles and a means of salvation to the ends of the earth. Therefore as we examine all of this we find Paul in 56 A.D., starting in the 19th chapter of the book of Acts, something that lasted right on thro9ugh for the next three years. That is when the Ephesian church was really ignited and set on fire; and the other six churches of Asia Minor along with it; but ten years later Paul, the apostle to the Gentiles, was dead. We can say this though, God, through Paul, had literally revealed all the doctrines, all the foundational principles of what a Christian life is to be composed of in character, in spirituality, in morality, in principles, and in social behavior. All of that is condensed in the writings of the apostle Paul: which is just about half of the New Testament writings. If we cannot agree, that right there lay the faith of the fathers, as it was laid out to the Gentile Church, then there is something wrong with us; because we find the apostle Paul, as he writes in the epistle to Timothy, referring to the Church as being the pillar and ground of the truth. He was actually saying, That according to his revelation and the teaching he has laid out, the Church is composed, or is made up of people, sinners who have truly been made new creatures in Christ; and their faith, their attitude, and their outlook is all governed and knit together by this unified picture which is none other than Christ being formed in each and every vessel of clay that became a true believer. They became lively stones, knit together, built on a holy foundation. The foundation was laid of all the apostles and prophets, Jesus Christ Himself being the chief corner stone. Therefore as we look at it in this light, keep that in mind when we find later on that Paul and those that accompanied him had gone back to Jerusalem. Let us go to the 18th chapter of the book of Acts, the 4th verse. He is at Corinth, a pagan city, wholly given to idolatry, in this setting. I have been there. The city itself, where Paul stood and preached is a shambles today. It was destroyed, I do not remember what century it was, by a terrible earthquake. However the stone building where Paul preached, which was a house that joined close by the synagogue, much of its framework is still there. “And he reasoned in the synagogue every Sabbath, and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks and when Silas and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in the spirit, and testified to the Jews that Jesus was Christ. And when they opposed themselves, and blasphemed, he shook his raiment, and said unto them, Your blood be upon your own heads; I am clean: from henceforth I will go unto the Gentiles.” Watch the setting here. He has already been there a few Sabbath days, preaching to the Jews and a few Greek proselytes. They believed the gospel of Christ he had preached; but when he really began to come out boldly, then is when they began to set up against it; so Paul took leave of them. “And he departed thence, and entered into a certain man’s house, named Justus, one that worshiped God, (he was a proselyte, a Greek) whose house joined hard to the synagogue. And Crispus, the chief ruler of the synagogue, believed on the Lord with all his house; and many of the Corinthians (which were also Greek) hearing believed, and were baptized. (Listen to what the Lord spoke to Paul.) Then spake the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision, Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace: For I am with thee, and no man shall set on thee to hurt thee: for I have much people in this city.” I am going to cut this short; because I want to bring in something else right here. It is where Paul and Barnabas return to Jerusalem when they hear at Antioch that certain Jews have came to Antioch teaching that unless the Christians there be circumcised like the Jews, thus and so; and the church at Antioch was in an uproar. That caused Paul and Barnabas to go to Jerusalem to find out the facts. They wanted to know how this thing got started. When they came in before the elders and apostles at Jerusalem, once again Paul began to relate to the Jerusalem Church the things God had done through his ministry; and told them of the miracles that were wrought, and how the Gentiles had received the gospel. It was right at that setting that the apostle James took up the subject and said, Brethren, listen to me. There is where he pointed back to the prophet Amos. We have already read that prophecy into the message, how Amos prophesied that somewhere in the future tense of time God would return to the Jews and they would again rebuild the house of David, which is the temple, and close up the breeches, rebuilding the walls, and then it brought in how that among the nations, the people that were called by His name and so forth. I use that to look at it in this light, Suppose Paul and Barnabas had gone back to Jerusalem to find out the facts and get a true story about why those men came to Antioch teaching that, and when he related to them what God had done among the Gentiles, that Jerusalem Church would have done like some who are supposed to be leaders today are doing, and said, We do not believe that? That is not the way we heard it. My point is this, A Church, whether in Jerusalem, or whether it was among the Gentiles, and maybe among different races of people, they were all established upon the same foundation. They all had the same teachings. Wherever God worked by His power and showed signs and wonders in doing it, the whole Church glorified God. That is the part that strikes attention in my heart, They glorified God. So with that, I want to make this statement; because we are going to deal with this very thing. By the time we came to 1965, I know that through all the years as Bro. Branham taught on the various doctrines and subjects within the New Testament scriptures, whether it was on the Godhead, sanctification, baptism, repentance, or whatever, somewhere along the line there were dual statements made. Some of them really stand out; and some others seem very small and insignificant. Nevertheless after thirty years we still find people playing with these statements instead of getting settled in the revelation. Bro. Branham spent a whole week teaching the seventy weeks of Daniel. I sat there and heard everything he said; and observed the chart he sued; and the various means he used to illustrate how to understand it. I have asked myself many times, when I remember the same preachers that sat there and heard it along with me, How come they sat there and heard this explained so perfectly, yet when he preached the seals, and he only made the reference that there are three and one half years left to the Jews, they take that statement and look upon the sermons as though they were irrelevant to the revelation? To me, that shows there is something wrong inside the spirit and mind of human beings. That is why I have said many times, I heard the man. The denominational church world with all their theological knowledge, will read a little of what he said and they hear a little of what he said on tape and look at that and say, What was that man trying to say? This is crazy, it makes no sense. No man of God can talk like this. To me that proves they do not even know their Bible. Then when I say something like this, some literally jump up and down. We’ll read in Matthew: When the Jews in the days of John the Baptist, sent men, scribes, smart, intelligent men out to question John, Who are you? John the Baptist said, I am the voice of one crying in the wilderness. He took the least position in the scriptures; but when he spoke of the One who would come later, following him, the One he was sent to introduce, he made the statement concerning Him, He will indeed baptized you with the Holy Ghost and with fire. That is a part of Jesus Christ’s priestly work. That was not a part of His ministry while He was here on earth; and neither is that what He will do when He comes back to rule and reign. That is part of His priestly work: the work He is doing right now. No one will question that. He did include another statement that many do question though; Not because they disbelieve, but simply because they do not understand the terminology. Let us read the whole statement. (Matthew 3:11-12) “I indeed baptize you with water unto repentance: but He that cometh after me is mightier than I, whose shoes I am not worthy to bear: He shall baptize you with the Holy Ghost, and with fire: (12 Notice here) Whose fan is in His hand, and He will thoroughly purge His floor, and gather His wheat into the garner; but He will burn up the chaff with unquenchable fire.” What about those words that are connected right in with the other part of that verse? Whose fan is in His hand and He will thoroughly purge His floor? Where does that fit in? Ask those theology professors to explain that and they will say, Oh that is irrelevant. Brother, do not kid yourself! That is just as much a fact as the other part which speaks of Him baptizing you with the Holy Ghost and fire. He certainly will thoroughly cleanse His floor with a fan; but you have to realize this is a parable. When you interpret it to its practical application, it means every one still alive here at the end time, that God has dealt with through time to bring them back to the truth of His word, will be dealt with just like wheat on an ancient threshing floor. They will be tossed up into the air in many ways; and their destiny and acceptability in this Bride Church will depend solely upon whether they come back down on the word of God, or whether they go after something else. In other words, the Bible, in the sense of the parable, is the threshing floor. Right in here, is where He deals with everything. If I am a tare, I am destined sooner or later to be blown completely off of the word; but if I am a true seed of God, then I am destined, no matter how many winds blow around me, to always come right back to the word of God. Those winds that blow so many away are doctrines of man, false doctrines. Those men that originate the various false doctrines have to get their material from some source. That is why William Branham was God’s prophet to the age. God could use the man for more than one purpose: because as I have said many times, He was not a writing prophet, he was a preaching prophet. God could use him any way He saw fit: to reach His predetermined objective. Therefore He let the man speak certain things which were completely of the man; and not unctioned by His anointing. When I say that, I am very aware that from around the world I will get letters, and some will say, Jackson, you are saying the prophet made mistakes. No, I have never said he made any mistakes: I have always said that God allowed him to speak certain things that would serve as a fan to toss people up into the air. We all have to be tested; and I say, What better way than to allow a man we all believe to be God’s prophet messenger to this age, say things two different ways, with one way matching a true revelation; and the other way catering to man’s traditional ideas? We just have to be spiritual enough to examine everything by the scriptures; regardless of who preaches it.


PAUL – EXERCISING HIS HUMAN WILL


The apostle to the Gentiles, which was the apostle Paul, has his whole human image displayed right there in the Bible. When Paul left the Ephesian Church, he bid them goodbye. He was already testifying and saying these words, I go back to Jerusalem bound in the spirit. I know that bonds and afflictions abide me. The Holy Ghost witnessed in every city that bonds and afflictions abide me, was his confession. When he finally got on a boat and landed in Israel, in Canaan’s land, in the area of Caesarea, he was fellowshipping with a group of believers there. It was at night. They had assembled there in a certain place; and in walked a little prophet by the name of Agabus. When he came in, he did not bother to say Hello, or Good evening brothers, how is everyone; he just went right to a cloak that belonged to the apostle Paul, sat down and began to wrap it around his hands and feet saying, (Acts 21:11) “Thus saith the Holy Ghost, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into the hands of the Gentiles.” A vision or something had already showed him as he walked into that place, that the owner of that particular article was going to suffer many things. Therefore let us ask ourselves this question, Why was Paul so insistent on going to Jerusalem, when from somewhere way back up the line, I believe it was Tyre, it was pr9ophesied to him that he should not go up to Jerusalem? What was his motive? There was really no objective for him going to Jerusalem at that time. If you read the book of Acts right, there was obviously no benefit in him going to Jerusalem. When you read Paul’s letter to the Roman church, which he wrote from Corinth before he started this journey, he plainly said to them, I purpose to come to you as I pass into Spain. This lets me know Paul knew there was a large colony of Jews in old Madrid, the capital of Spain. Just as he preached to Jews in Asia, he no doubt in his mind determined he wanted to preach to those Jews in old Spain also. That was his idea; but the point is this, Why did he feel that he had to go to Jerusalem first? That is why I say, If the Holy Ghost kept on telling him, Paul, stay away from Jerusalem, trouble is ahead, if you go there, this should let us see that we are seeing the human side of that man. A lot of people cannot see this. He was being persuaded by human feelings for those disciples there at Jerusalem. He wanted to see them. Follow me a little farther here; and I will show you something. When Agabus walked in and said that to Paul, they all fell on Paul and began to beg him, Don’t go Paul, don’t go. What did he reply back? Oh, leave me alone, I am not only ready to go to Jerusalem, I am ready to die for the gospel that I preach. Then he reminded them how he had absolutely done some of the early believers wrong when he was persecuting Christians, before the Lord dealt with him on the road to Damascus. But let us look at the scriptures: Was Paul really ready to die? No. Why do you say that Bro. Jackson? Well go to Jerusalem with me. He goes to Jerusalem, and goes before the apostles and elders. He has been gone for a long time and I have to say, Paul just simply could not stay away from Jerusalem: He just wanted to get back to the old crowd. When he gets there, Peter and the others tell Paul for him to go do certain things and make a covenant between certain men. They tell him of these enormous stories they have heard drifting back to Jerusalem, how that wherever Paul goes, he preaches to the Jews and tries to tear down the Judaistic faith and such like; so on the basis of all of this, just watch: In a few days here is Paul in the court, the temple, seen with these same men he went and made this agreement with. When all of a sudden here come a bunch of Jews from the Gentile areas, which had seen Paul in their cities and they point, There, is that man! Here they come, rushing in upon him. If there had not been a soldier near by, that controlled the people, it is no telling what they would have done to him. If that officer had not rushed in and rescued him, they would have bashed his head in right there. Watch what happens: Paul is arrested and put in jail. Then his nephew later heard through some source that a certain bunch of Jews were going to lay in wait for him on a certain day. Right? They were going to kill him. Remember now, Paul had just said up there at Caesarea, Stop bothering me! I am not only ready to go to Jerusalem, but I am read to give my life for the sake of the gospel, if need be. When the nephew came in and told Paul, he said to the boy, Go get a certain officer and tell him you have a message you want to deliver to him. You can read all this in the book of Acts. We are taking a good look at this man Paul, for the purpose of seeing how willing he really was, to die. When the boy goes and tells this officer, then what does this officer do? The orders are changed. Plans are made, with so many footmen, (infantrymen) and so many horsemen, (cavalrymen) and they take Paul out of the jail at night, unknown to that bunch of cut throats. They take him to Caesarea and put him in jail. There is where he stays for a considerable length of time. It was from that setting finally he had made his plea that he would take his defense before Caesar. Had he never made his plea to have his case defended before Caesar, you can read right there, I believe it was Felix, or that one governor that would have turned him loose, but because he had made his plea to present his case to Caesar, and for that reason he remained in jail until the appointed time. Why? Because a vision had come to Paul when he was in Jerusalem, As you have bore witness of me here in Jerusalem, you shall bear witness of me in Rome also. All of these things show the human side of the man and he never did get to go to Spain as he had wrote in the Roman letter. You can see in the Roman letter this was his heart’s desire. But for some reason he was bound and determined to go to Jerusalem first. Though the Holy Ghost has warned him and told him, trouble, trouble, trouble awaits you, he still felt that he had to go. Actually after he spent almost two years in jail at Caesarea, he was then put on a boat to be transported to Rome. He was a prisoner. He was being taken to Rome, and he was ship wrecked at the sea, and had all kinds of experiences; but nothing was going to keep him from eventually ending up in Rome. All this goes to prove, that had that vision not came to him when he was there at Jerusalem, still in jail, we might be reading a different story here in the book of Acts. (Notice this one verse here in chapter 23, verse 11, of the book of Acts) “And the night following the Lord stood by him, and said, Be of good cheer, Paul: for as thou hast testified of me in Jerusalem, so must thou bear witness also at Rome.” He had not even made his plea to present his case before Caesar at that time. All of this goes to show how God can, even in spite our human makeup, still lead us into the stream of His will and cause us to fulfill His purpose. If we do go too far to one side of the other, the mercy and grace of God can still lead us back to where we ought to be. He just uses a little different means. Of course I have said all of this to establish a point: that in the time of the early Church, people respected the Holy Ghost, had respect for how He worked, and for how the lives of men were spared, and how they were directed, and how God was glorified in it all. However in this hour, after thirty long years, when God, through a little man, brought such a beautiful teaching that should have restored us back to that same apostolic faith, we see on every hand people who have no respect at all for what the Bible teaches unless they can find it written in one of Branham’s sermons. It is a pathetic story; and there are abominable deeds done by some of them; but God is still leading the true bride saints into perfection. It is true there are plural statements in many of the things taught by that prophet of God; but I have said many times, If a person has the Holy Spirit, and if the Holy Spirit is allowed to lead that person, he is not going to lead him or her astray: just because of certain statements made by someone they trust. The Holy Spirit in us, sooner or later will cause us to know that such statements are irrelevant to the overall message of truth that has been brought to the Church. When we can see how that all fits right in here, that is why I have said many times, When John the Baptist said, “whose fan is in His hand,” that was the Elijah for that day, so those words had to be fulfilled in the Elijah of our day. John was introducing the kingdom of heaven; and he knew what would follow through that period of time; but it is here in the ending of time we see God completing it and bringing it to an end. Therefore I have to say, This is God’s threshing floor. He will beat you, He will cause winds to blow on you and really put you to the test; but it is His business to test and try you, to see if every time you see yourself tossed up in a trial, tossed up in some kind of situation, there is something in you that makes you come right back down on the word of God. All of God’s true children will eventually fal back on the word, no matter how rough things get for them. It is wrong for us to try to judge the final outcome of people we see going through certain besetting situations of life; because God Himself is the only One who knows for sure who His true children are. We have a responsibility to judge the deeds of those round about us; but only God Himself can pronounce their destiny.


FALSE WITNESSES V/S TRUE WITNESSES


As we have already stated, Paul, Peter, James, John and those first age apostles were the one’s that preached the gospel of Christ and the various doctrines that the New Testament Church was established upon; and all of that collectively, became the faith of the fathers, that believers in this age were to be restored back to. It took a prophet sent by God to this Age of Laodicea, to preach the Bible the way those first Age apostles preached what later became written for the Church throughout the entire Age of grace to live by. The Church strayed from the true revelation of what is written in it; and passed through hundreds of years of spiritual ignorance, living under the dictates of the Roman Catholic Church: until Martin Luther and various others of what we call the Reformation, began to get a revelation of certain truths from the Bible and began to protest what that old system of religion taught. From 1500 A.D., until time moved into the twentieth century, many systems of religion were formed; but no matter what truth they got hold of, nor what they called themselves, they still held to the basic doctrines of the system they came out of. Therefore in order for God to get the Church re-established in the true revelation of what the early church believed, He had to send a prophet messenger to this Age: with a message and a gift that would get the attention of people out here in religious bondage. That prophet messenger being the fulfillment of Malachi 4:5-6, was endowed with that God identifying spirit of the Elijah of old and John the Baptist of the days of the first advent of Christ. That is why he preached so hard against the blessed holy trinity your denominational churches hold to be so sacred; and that is why he was so staunch about the necessity of believers being baptized in water, in the name of Jesus Christ, like Acts 2:38 says. He made the Jesus so many people of our day always think of as a little baby, stand 10 feet tall to me. He showed Him to be the ONE and ONLY PERSON of the Godhead; and made it perfectly clear that God the Creator was in the person called Jesus the Christ. God the Father, the Creator, is a sovereign Spirit. He has never had a fleshly body of His own that He dwelt in permanently: until the day He incarnated (made his abode in the body of flesh of) His only begotten Son Jesus. Therefore because we have the faith of our fathers restored to us, we now see ONE true and living God, manifested in three office works. That is exactly how the apostle Paul preached it. I might say also, Whatever Paul preached or taught, no other apostle ever came along and contradicted it. However by 96 A.D., which was thirty years after the death of Paul, the apostle John was the last of the old apostles left alive; and God dealt with him and showed him what we see in the overall book of Revelation. We can see now, that this prophecy of the book of Revelation, even though it was given in 96 A.D., was mostly to be fulfilled in our day, right here in the 20th century. It is a prophecy of things that would take place for the most part right at the end of the Age. Who would have ever dreamed that God would choose a man right here in this area and use him to fulfill Malachi 4:5-6, though? The people of this area did not realize it; but that Elijah they have read about in the last chapter of Malachi, walked right in their midst and looked just as ordinary as anyone else. What he preached was extraordinary though, when you compare it to what everyone else was preaching. He preached what the apostle Paul preached. I realize we have a lot of denominational critics today, that would disagree with my statement. They like to ridicule those who follow the teachings of Bro. Branham; because to them he was not quite right in the head. They say many unkind things about Bro. Branham and what he taught; but not one of them has ever come to me: to ask one earthly thing. I have often said, Why do they not come around and knock on my door? That bunch of UPC fellows that wrote that article a few years ago titled, “Branhamism, Fact or Fiction,” never even bothered to ask a question of someone that could have given them straight, positive answers: They just made accusations: three of them in particular. They challenged the fact that Bro. Branham said he was the spirit of Elijah. They challenged the fact that he preached predestination. They challenged the fact that he preached serpent seed. In that little pamphlet they sent out, they accused the movement as a whole, of believing that he is going to be resurrected from the dead to finish his ministry. They also put in there, that his body lay in state at Faith Assembly Church for a long time, with everyone waiting, believing he was going to rise from the dead. You know very well he did not lay in state at this church. He lay in state down in Jeffersonville, at Coots Funeral Home. That goes to show, if that bunch of big shots at UPC headquarters can tell something to try to put someone else’s light out, they will do it: not even bothering to search out the truth. What is a lie to them, if it will serve their purpose? We have a lot of people in the religious world today that will say almost anything they can think of trying to ruin the image of those who do not preach what they want to hear. At the same time they claim to be so holy. They hide behind a holy look; but it is a far cry from holiness. It is just a shell they hide in. When we wrote what we did and sent that letter out as a rebuke to it, and it was sent right to Springfield Missouri, right to their headquarters; but do you think we ever heard one peep out of them? Not one peep came from them. I thought to myself, Surely the headquarters of that system ought to say something; but not one word came from them. If they had anything to say, I sure never heard anything about it. You just simply cannot allow people like that to worry you: They have no revelation themselves, or they would rejoice over what God has seen fit to do for this generation instead of finding fault with those God has used. I am thankful in my heart, that God spoke to that little man down there at the river in 1933, when he was baptizing some believers. From 1933 to 1965, we can say this, Everything that is essential to the restoration of the apostolic faith was delivered to this generation: including the revelation of six seals that was brought in March and April 1963. All those things lay right there in what we can accurately say is the message he brought. If we have the Holy Spirit leading us, and teaching us, then we can get from his message the essence of all the truth that will put us right back within the framework of what the apostle Paul taught. In 1963, when the seals messages were preached, we only received the revelation of the first six; even though there were some comments made concerning the seventh. The seventh seal is yet to be opened; so until this day, no man knows exactly what it will reveal. There are also seven thunders yet to be sounded: which we find recorded in the 10th chapter of the book of Revelation. The movement as a whole has the idea that since the day god took His prophet, God has not revealed one single thing that is essential to the Church, the body of Christ. They cannot see how God could possibly reveal anything to anyone else that would be essential to the bride Church in preparing her for the coming of the Lord. They look at you and I as if we are a bunch of shoots: out here trying to do or say something that we know nothing about; and they really believe that we are actually against what the prophet taught. That is as far from being the truth as anything could possibly be. That is one thing we have done our best, for the past twenty nine years since his death, to convince people that we not only believe what he was sent for, we are completely convinced that it is essential for every end time believer to believe the message he brought to us. We are not out here preaching him, like so many of them are: We just preach the revelation he brought to us. I do not want anyone to believe that I go around preaching Bro. Branham; but there are times when we are challenged; and the things we are standing for are contested; and when that happens, we give credit where credit is due. I am always ready to tell anyone whose teaching put me on the right track when I was still a Methodist preacher; and give the basis for why I preach what I preach. I can preach the true revelation of the scriptures without having to say, Brother Branham said, Thus and so every breath I take. I can do that; and still honor that little prophet whose message put us back in the Bible; and caused us to realize the importance of returning to the faith of our spiritual fathers, those first century apostles of Christ. I believe there are quite a few true witnesses of what that prophet brought to this Age; and I consider myself to be one of them; but we have to be aware also, that there are ever so many more false witnesses of what his true message and purpose was. That is why I want us to look in the scriptures and ask ourselves what we have learned in the last 29 years since the death of that prophet messenger. In the movement as a whole, (This is the only way I know to identify those quoters who are void of the true revelation they speak of) they take these outstanding quotes from Bro. Branham’s messages and are content just to say what the tape says and not one word more. They say they are living on stored up food; but I say they are living in fantasy land; and they will never grow one inch more spiritually, as long as they continue in their present trend. When Bro. Branham was taken off the scene, the movement as a whole was left you might say, standing before God; and in the minds of many of them were shocked feelings. They never anticipated such a thing. They never figured God would do such a thing, take His prophet to glory and leave them without a crutch to lean on. In many of the things he had preached, were things they still had questions in their mind’s about. For instance, on the subject of serpent seed there were dual statements made. While he was alive, he had never taken any of those statements and clarified them strictly by the scriptures to a finished conclusion. Therefore the world over today, as they read, and as they listen to the tapes, they take each statement just exactly the way he spoke it: no matter what he may have said about it at another time. I realize that people who have never heard anything along the lines of serpent seed in connection with Cain and his line of descendants may hear what he said and say, He was just a dirty old man; or that I am, because I also teach the same revelation. Well I am no dirtier than some of these teachers out here in our public school system that are teaching eight, nine and ten year old kids about sex. The denominational world, doctors of divinity, challenge the overall teachings of Bro. Branham: because they say that his teaching of serpent seed is out of the pit of hell. I will just have to look any doctor of divinity in the face and say, Then you use the scriptures and tear down what we teach. They think the Garden of Eden, which was a place somewhere in Eden, was a little geographical spot with a wrought iron fence around it. That is not so. The boundaries of the Garden of Eden were between the Nile and the Euphrates, and between the Mediterranean Sea, which did not exist at that time, and a dried up desert bed, Havilah, which runs parallel across Saudi Arabia. Those are the boundaries of Eden, as laid out in the book of Genesis. When God planted a garden eastward in Eden, keep in mind He did not come down through there with a knapsack around His neck, with seeds in it, going along with a hoe, planting plant life. The seeds of plant life were already there in the ground from some other creation. A creation that existed in prehistoric times. That brings it right in to what Bro. Branham said when he was challenged one time about believing the creation story, that God made this in six days. You see that in the seals book. That is the only statement Bro. Branham ever made that would give you any indication that he believed this world had been here a long time before six thousand years ago. It all bears out in the Bible though. When we look at this garden, you have to realize, as you come to the end of the Bible, paradise is what it was, because it was a little bit of heaven placed in a little spot on earth. It is where God placed a little bit of Himself and a little bit of heaven and the spirit world, the angels, and everything that is in the spiritual environment, was right there to begin God’s new plan in this era of time that you and I live in. Yes all the plant life trees grew out of the ground; but the garden, God placed there, because it was a spiritual environment. The two trees, the tree of life and the tree of knowledge of good and evil, were not plant life trees that grew up out of the ground: They stood in the midst of the garden. The serpent creature, which was the highest form of animal life, definitely was not a snake: He was a two legged creature that walked upright like man, talked like man; and was capable of carrying on a conversation with Eve. The very fact that he talked to Eve, lets you know he had to have a vocal box. He was not a gorilla, nor an ape: He was a two legged creature that stood upright like Adam. When the Bible said he was the most subtil, it meant he was the most intelligent, the smartest and most cunning of all the other creatures. Therefore when the devil used this creature to entice Eve to eat of this fruit of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, it is just like these ornery teachers in our colleges today, if you will pardon my language, they are more ornery than that serpent was. When they will stand before a teenage audience of students and make some of these gestures about sex, to me that says they are being used the same way Satan used the serpent. Some of our colleges have even been known to introduce teachers who want to introduce oral sex and all that kind of garbage. All of that kind of behavior in the world today, is what the devil had in mind when he persuaded the serpent to seduce Eve, that sinless daughter of God. To those people who will always say, Oh that idea of the serpent seducing Eve cannot possibly be right: I just have to say, Well when you get over to the 6th chapter of Genesis, What do you have to say about that? When that Cainite line began to multiply over in the land of Nod, and daughters were born to them, after awhile the sons of God that were still on the Eden side, began to notice those daughters of men, So tell me, How comes the sons of God are Seth’s line, and the daughters of men, of necessity, have to be of the line of Cain? Why did the genealogy chapter separate them? It lets you know there is a genetic cause for that problem there somewhere. It did not come from the loins of Adam in that respect. You see in Genesis 6, that the sons of God, (which were Seth’s line) began to look upon those daughters of men, (which had to be Cain’s line) and saw that they were fair. That did not mea they were white as a snow ball: it was the way they began to portray their appearance before those sons of God, just like they are doing in this day and hour. Look at the entertainment world today: how they use that same tactic. They can take a black girl, a white girl, a brown girl, or a red girl, it does not matter what they are; because when they get through dressing them up and putting all that gunk on their face, and teach them how to present themselves, it is all for one purpose, to sell their body to the entertainment world. Is that not right? That is all it is for. Therefore what you see out here in the world today, the seed of it all came from way back there before the flood of Noah’s day. You can get angry and climb the wall if you must; but the day is coming that will vindicate what I am saying to you. God’s word is going to have the final say so about everything. That is why I say, Regardless of what anyone may believe or think, and no matter how much anyone may think Bro. Branham left undone, by the time he departed this life he had presented a profile of everything that is essential to the faith that you and I are going to, sooner or later, have established in us, if we truly are seed of God. Some people have said, Do you preach serpent seed for salvation? Absolutely not. Why do you preach it then? To show you why you and I need to be saved in the first place. I needed to be saved, but not because Adam and Eve ate apples from a plant life tree. Let us be honest with ourselves and look at the picture clearly. It all started with their disobedience in the garden. It became an imputed genetic trait. That is why every man or woman that has been born of woman since that time, has been born in sin. It means their nature is to be against God, stubborn and rebellious. You may say, I just simply do not see it; but that does not change the fact of why the scripture says, None seeketh after God, no not one. All have sinned and come short of the glory of God. The prettiest baby ever born and held in a mother’s arms, in its most innocent state, still has that attribute of sin in its makeup. Just let it get 12 or 13 years old, and you will begin to see the devil’s ways pop out on certain occasions. It is that nature that is inbred in there from birth. It has passed from father to son, from mother to daughter and so forth, down the line, all the way from Noah’s hour. It is all because the devil, through the serpent, did something to bring that defilement upon God’s innocent and sinless son and daughter. Then when God came into the garden to have fellowship with them in the cool of the day, they hid from Him because they were aware of what they had done. They tried to hide behind plant life. They had taken fig leaves, plant life, and made aprons, and what did they cover? Did they cover their mouth’s? If their only sin was eating from a plant life tree, they should have covered their mouths. Therefore when these doctors of divinity want to dispute what we teach about this, challenge them. Why did they cover their reproductive organs, instead of their mouth? Ask them: They will have no answer. Here stood Adam before the Lord. The Lord said to Adam, What hast thou done? Hast thou eaten of the forbidden fruit that I commanded thee not to eat of? Adam passed the buck to Eve, and she passed it to the serpent. When the Lord looked at the serpent He said to him, (Genesis 3:14-16) “Because thou hast done this, thou art cursed above all cattle, and above every beast of the field; upon thy belly shalt thou go, and dust shall thou eat all the days of thy life: (15) And I will put enmity between thee and the woman, and between thy seed and her seed; it shall bruise thy head, and thou shalt bruise his heel. (Then notice what He said to Eve.) (16) Unto the woman He said, I will greatly multiply thy sorrow and thy conception; in sorrow thou shalt bring forth children; and thy desire shall be to thy husband, and he shall rule over thee.” Up there he stood: right next to Adam and Eve in physical form and recognition; but God stripped him of his arms and legs and made him into a crawling reptile. He was that creature that modern evolutionists and archaeologists are looking for even yet today, the link between the baboon or the ape and you and me. There he is; but they will never find him because they refuse to acknowledge the accuracy of the only record that tells where that animal they are looking for went to. When God cursed him, where did He put him? He did not make a wooly worm out of him. No. He put him out there in the reptile family: all the way at the end of the line of His animal creation. Keep in mind there are a lot of reptiles; but only one particular line of them are descendants of that crawling serpent God placed the curse upon. That was his curse: he had to crawl and lick dust from that day onward. When God placed the serpent being, which looked like man, and talked like man, back there, He just added one more creature to the reptile family. There, is where he is yet today. How do you get that Bro. Jackson? You can read it in Isaiah 65. It tell you, that in the Millennium, dust will still be the serpent’s meat. Not all snakes are serpents. However we do call them serpents. Now, let me try to move on: I just felt that we needed to get this in right here.

The Mystery of God (1994), Part 1

The Mystery of God (1994), Part 1

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

WE ARE GOING TO DEAL WITH A MESSAGE WHICH WE WILL TITLE “THE MYSTERY OF GOD:” BECAUSE I FEEL THAT THERE ARE A LOT OF PEOPLE VERY MIXED UP IN THEIR MINDS CONCERNING THIS MYSTERY THE APOSTLE PAUL AND THE APOSTLE JOHN WROTE ABOUT. IT WAS A MYSTERY IN OLD TESTAMENT TIMES; BUT IN THIS HOUR OF TIME WE ARE LIVING IN, THERE IS NO REASON FOR IT TO BE A MYSTERY TO ANY TRUE CHILD OF GOD. IT IS JUST A MATTER OF ALLOWING THE SPIRIT OF GOD TO SPEAK TO YOUR HEART: WITHOUT HAVING YOUR MIND SO SET UPON A CERTAIN OPINION YOU WILL NOT EVEN CONSIDER ANYTHING DIFFERENT. WE HAVE ALL HAD OPINIONS ABOUT MANY SCRIPTURES IN FORMER TIMES; BUT GOD HAS GIVEN HIS TRUE CHILDREN MORE LIGHT HERE AT THE END TIME; SO IT BECOMES OUR RESPONSIBILITY TO ALLOW THAT LIGHT TO PURGE OUT OUR OPINIONS AND GIVE US REVELATION IN PLACE OF THEM. THEREFORE I ASK EVERY ONE OF YOU TO LISTEN PRAYERFULLY: AS I ENDEAVOR TO PRESENT THIS MESSAGE THAT I BELIEVE WILL BE OF GREAT BENEFIT TO THOSE WHO DESIRE TO KNOW THE TRUTH.


SCRIPTURAL FACTS PRESENTED IN SCRIPTURAL LIGHT


We will read two scriptures, Ephesians 3:9, and Revelation 10:7; and then I want to make some comments I hope everyone will receive the way I mean them. (Ephesians 3:9) “And to make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ.” (Revelation 10:7) “But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.” Right here at the end time, in the Branham movement, there are those whose minds are completely locked up. When I say this, I say it as humbly as I know how to say it: without making it sound like I am being critical, indifferent, or that I myself have a negative attitude. However this one verse of scripture, Revelation 10:7, has so many minds so completely locked up, there seems to be no way to get to them. It is almost like a Railroad cat that has been brought down the main line and shot off into a network of tracks that go behind a bunch of warehouses: They have lost their record of it. Where is car No. 328714? They do not know whether it is in Detroit, St. Louis, San Antonio, or where. It seems to have disappeared after leaving the mainline of tracks. There is only one way I feel we can really deal with it: to give it its proper setting. As we read from Ephesians 3, keep in mind that this letter was written by the apostle Paul while he was in prison, in Rome. He had been away from Ephesus for quite some time; but he Ephesian Church was established by his ministry according to the 19th and 20th chapters of the book of Acts. Paul was the star messenger to that Age represented by that name. There in prison, he no doubt did a lot of meditating upon the past; and upon what had been going on for the past number of years. There is no other epistle written, that really contains the scope of things that this epistle does. Therefore as we read, I want us to read with this in mind: that when the Bible says, in Malachi chapter 4, verses 5-6, that the spirit of Elijah is to turn the children, which would mean the Christian children of the New Testament covenant, back to the fathers, it means back to the apostolic faith of the fathers. It is their type of faith and revelation we are to be turned back to; and they were in no way to be considered foolish people. Let us go to Ephesians 3:1-5 and notice how the apostle worded his comments. (1) “For this cause I Paul, the prisoner of Jesus Christ for you Gentiles, (2) If ye have heard of the dispensation (meaning if you have heard of this period of time) of the grace of God which is given me to you-ward: (3) How that by revelation he made known unto me the mystery; (as I wrote afore in few words, (4) Whereby, when ye read, ye may understand my knowledge in the mystery of Christ) (5) Which in other ages (meaning the Old Testament period of time) was not made known unto the sons of men, as it is now revealed unto his holy apostles and prophets by the Spirit; (This puts it in the new covenant age; and here is what the mystery consists of.) That the Gentiles should be fellow-heirs, and of the same body and partakers of His promise in Christ by the gospel: Whereof I was made a minister, according to the gift of the grace of God given unto me by the effectual working of His power. Unto me, who am less than the least of all saints, is this grace given, that I should preach among the Gentiles the unsearchable riches of Christ; And to make all men see what is the fellowship of the mystery, which from the beginning of the world hath been hid in God, who created all things by Jesus Christ.”  The King James translation says, Who created all things by Jesus Christ; but neither the Hebrew, nor the Aramaic text have those last three words in that verse. They both say, Hath been hid in God who created all things. Therefore we have to realize that those men who translated the King James version of the Bible, being Trinitarian in belief, added what they though was a fitting end to that verse; but by doing so, they put Jesus as a person, all the way back at the creation of all things; and we who have a true revelation, know Jesus was not a person (except in the mind of the Creator) until two thousand years ago when a young virgin woman gave birth to him: after having conceived him by supernatural means, which was by the Spirit of God Himself. It was God that created all things. In other words, God created all things for Jesus Christ, not by Jesus Christ. There is a great difference. Why did God design all of this as He did? Notice this next verse. “To the intent that now unto the principalities and powers in heavenly places might be known by the Church the manifold wisdom of God.” To me, when Paul wrote this, he gave us a base, foundational fact. Paul is telling us that God had made known to him something that had never been made known in other ages back. He caused him to know and understand what was now going on in the beginning of the New Testament covenant period. Remember that, and let us go to the verse of scripture in Revelation 10:7. We only want to read the 7th verse. We are going to cover a lot of things that have taken place on down through the period of this Grace Age. “But in the days of the voice of the seventh angel, when he shall begin to sound, the mystery of God should be finished, as he hath declared to his servants the prophets.” There, John is speaking exclusively of the writings of the Old Testament prophets. That is what we have to understand. He is not saying one thing different. Paul, when he says in Ephesians 3 how that God hath made known unto him the mystery of his will, things that have been hidden unto the sons of men in ages past, that is what John is talking about: because all these things Paul is referring to, John, here, declares these things had been spoken by the prophets in the Old Testament. That is the way we have to look at it. Now let us go back in the Old Testament and we will see how this thing stared. We will go to Genesis 17. Keep in mind, until the call of Abraham as far as the world we know, there was no written scriptures in existence at that time. We can say though, that there were no doubt a lot of oral stories handed from the patriarchs to patriarchs to patriarchs. Each generation know what had taken place; but there were no written records for anyone to go to. Abraham has been called. We realize Abraham was the beginning of God calling a man out of a certain environment to begin foreshowing His type and plan of salvation and redemption to the human race. Here in Genesis 17 God is giving Abraham a promise. In this promise there is a covenant, so let us read here. “And when Abram was ninety years old and nine, the Lord appeared to Abram, and said unto him, I am the Almighty God; walk before me, and be thou perfect. And I will make my covenant between me and thee, and will multiply thee exceedingly.” There are many things in this: It says He will multiply him exceedingly; and we are going to see from two sources how this is brought about. “And Abram fell on his face: and God talked with him, saying, AS for me, behold, my covenant is with thee, and thou shalt be a father of many nations.” That is one promise. That verse carried right on through the centuries. Even Abraham, as this was told him, was not really aware of what it was implying, what it really pointed to. Even on down as the other prophets come along, and as they wrote similar things, neither did they understand what they were prophesying about. That is why they are all promises of God for some future manifestation, at which time they will be made known. Let us read on. “Neither shall thy name any more be called Abram, but thy name shall be Abraham; for a father of many nations have I made thee. And I will make thee exceedingly fruitful,a nd I will make nations of thee, and kings shall come out of thee. And I will establish my covenant between me and thee and thy seed after thee in their generations for an everlasting covenant, to be a God unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, and I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land wherein thou art a stranger, (That is why it is called the land of promise; and that is the reason for all of the problems in the Middle East to this today: It is like a powder keg, always ready to blow.) All the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession; and I will be their God.” As we look at this covenant, there are two things that stand out. First when He says, as for me, behold my covenant is with thee, and thou shalt be a father of many nations, let us look at it in this light, that he (Abraham) truly is the father of the faithful. All that will believe in Jesus Christ who is actually the appointed promised seed, that makes Abraham the father of the faithful. That is the way we have to see that. However on the other hand, the land of promise was not necessarily promised to his natural genetic seed. Therefore this is the way we have to look at this line. But we realize all through the Old Testament as prophet after prophet, type after type is being written and laid out, and in the giving out of the law, many types were put in there. The Jewish people saw these things. They were compelled to keep the observance of the rituals and the ceremonies of these things, but in doing that, they did not know what they were really doing. After they were brought out of Egyptian bondage, God gave them a law; and through this law there was much said about the Gentiles. They see every Gentile as a heathen, and an unclean person. This develops an attitude that Gentiles, somehow or other, are a bunch of dirty dogs; and that they should have nothing to do with them. They have cultivated through the centuries of time, an image of the Gentile people, that they are untouchable, like poison. They are unclean people; so have nothing to do with them. They do not realize or recognize the scope of what their ancestral father had been promised. Therefore through all the generations of Jews that has remained to be a mystery: What does that mean? Nevertheless the promise stood steadfast and sure right on through the ages.

 

HIDDEN NUGGETS IN THE SCRIPTURE


Let us go now to the 2nd Psalm. Many of the things we could bring into this message I am skipping over because of the amount of time it would require to get all of it in. In the 2nd Psalm, in the 8th verse, we find a promise. It is very small, space wise, in the Bible; but yet it is all fulfilled in Jesus Christ. “Ask of me, and I shall give thee the heathen for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession.” Again we have a mystery for the Jews: What is the Spirit of God talking about? To whom is this promise being given? We have to realize that this is a promise that the Spirit of God, through the prophecy of this Psalm, was foretelling, concerning how Christ in His mediatorial work would reach out to the Gentiles. After He ascended back into heaven, having already offered His life as a ransom for the sins of mankind, the promise in Genesis 17, and in this Psalm were activated. That is what reached out to you and me. That is why He is coming after a Gentile wife. Notice what it says, “I shall give thee the heathen for thine inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for thy possession.” We have to admit that it sounds very insignificant when you read it; but it was all fulfilled through the mediatorial work of Christ: as He interceded for us before the Father. When the time came that the gospel which had first been given to the Jews, was rejected by the nation as a whole. God began to give the apostle Paul this revelation found in Romans 11. As the Jew began to turn it down, God just took this promise of a covenant to them and more or less laid it up on a shelf while He dealt with His foreknown Gentile element. Before very long, the gospel that was first offered to the Jews began to be exclusively for individual Gentiles. It was for everyone to hear, many to believe to some degree, and only a very few percentage wise to get a true revelation of and follow faithfully to the end. Those believers of the first age had it straight from the mouths of God’s revelated apostles; but through the centuries that followed, the true revelation became very perverted. Nevertheless the Spirit of God has been perfecting a bride for His only begotten Son, chosen from among the Gentile people of the whole world. His promise to do that was lying there in the scriptures all along: but were hidden until the time for them to be activated. The mediatorial work of Christ had to coincide with the plan of God that caused the gospel to begin to be given to the Gentiles. The two had to coincide. You could not have preachers running this way, and the mediatorialship of Jesus Christ interceding for something else. We can say this, Once the gospel had been committed to the Gentiles in full preeminence, the Jews began to be cut off. Once that took place, the mediatorial work of Christ included another phase of God’s redemption plan that had to be fulfilled. This is why all these prophecies, though some are major, and some are minor, all fit into the overall picture. The great Creator designed it all according to His sovereign foreknowledge and wisdom, before He ever created the first star we see in the ehavens at night. Let us now go to the 102nd Psalm for an informative glance as to the application of the promise we just read. We are in the 15th verse; so let us compare these two verses. The 2nd Psalm is a promise, ask of Him and He shall give you the heathen for thine inheritance. Now this Psalm is speaking of how it has already been applied. “So the heathen shall fear the name of the Lord, and all the kings of the earth thy glory.” We can say this, Once the gospel had been given, and as it moved from nation to nation and race to race, this Psalm tells you exactly how it was applied. God did not just decide to include Gentiles in the gospel plan because the Jews rejected it: WE were included from the foundation of the earth. WE can go tot he prophecy of Hosea: to see where the types begin. The nation of Israel had become divided. The ten northern tribes had been led astray to worship Baal and a lot of other deities; so God tells Hosea, a prophet, but a man that would have been completely unthought of as a holy man in the eyes of the Jews, to do a thing completely contrary to the way the law was written governing the moral image of the Jewish people. This took place at a time when the major part of the nation of Israel had become just like a woman of ill fame. Hosea was told to take a wife by the name of Gomer. (In order to hurry this part along, I am going to begin reading in the 6th verse. This is where we get the background. “And she conceived again, and bare a daughter. And God said unto him, (Hosea) Call her name Loruhamah: for I will not more have mercy upon the house of Israel; but I will utterly take them away.” This second child announced a penalty which covers a dispensation of time: which meant once God causes these ten tribes to finally be dealt the final blow of their judgment and chastisement, He scatters them to the four winds of heaven. That is what has happened during the centuries past. For a period of time they will never be dealt with by the hand of God. That is why as the ten tribes when He set the stage for the first advent of Christ. He dealt exclusively with the southern tribes, Judah and Benjamin; so let us read the 7th verse now. “But I will have mercy upon the house of Judah, and will save them by the Lord their God, and will not save them by bow, nor by sword, nor by battle, by horses, nor by horsemen.” What does that verse imply? It means this, The ten tribes were taken away approximately 728 B.C.; but the southern tribes were taken away on three different occasions, starting around 608 And on down to about 598 B.C. They were taken captive, to Babylon, for seventy years. During that seventy years, God did that because it shows the southern tribes had failed seventy Sabbatical years to let the land rest. There they were in Babylon, in captivity; and God has said He will save them: not by battle or bow, or anything like that; so what was the plan? When you go back to the history of what happened, you see how God raised up a king by the name of Cyrus. I believe ti was Jeremiah that prophesied how Cyrus would be God’s anointed king for that hour. When the hour came that Cyrus the Great was brought on the scene, then these Judaean Jews found favor with Cyrus. He was the one that had the insight on what to do. When he made a decree that all the Jews who out of a willing heart, and voluntarily would go back and build the temple to their God, could be released, he started the ball rolling, so to speak. They were free to go. They were given certain material things to take along with them to help them in their work; therefore we can see how they were saved from their dispersion in captivity, in Babylon; and it was not done by any kind of warfare on their part. That is what that verse expresses. Let us go on to verse 8. “Now when she had weaned Loruhamah, she conceived, and bare a son. Then said God, Call his name Loammi: for ye are not my people, and I will not be your God.” This bring us to the second picture. This is Judah. First God saved Judah; and I ask for what purpose? By bringing her back to build the city, to build the temple, clean up the ruins and all the mess, they got the stage set for the first advent of Christ. The tribe of Judah and the half tribe of Benjamin really you might say were the representatives of the overall nation of Israel. They were brought back home then; but this second child presented a type also. We can see when the Messiah was manifested to the two southern tribes, right in that appointed time that coincides with the seventy weeks of Daniel, that this was why God gave it to them as a yardstick. Still that southern tribe rejected and refused the promise of the Messiah; so when God cut Judah off the next time, what was He going to do? Is He going to stack His promise on a shelf and say, I will just wait until a later time? No. Because right there is where it coincides with the High Priestly work of Christ on behalf of the Gentiles. In that period of time when God was saying to the Judah tribe, You are not my people; and I will no longer be your God, right there, is where the apostle Paul picks it up in the Romans letter: that in that place, (The word place means period of time.) Where Judah was out of the land; and there was nothing left there that God would be dealing with, God then turned to the Gentiles, and in that period of time, is when you and I were brought in. In that period of time they shall be called children of God. Now when we look at this, I have to say thank God He saw fit to deal with us Gentiles. I would hate to think of myself being looked upon by God, through His written word, as a heathen, without any hope of salvation. It is bad enough to be looked upon as a sinner; but to be looked upon as a heathen, completely outside the commonwealth, or the promise and plan of God in the overall structure of what He has for human beings, would be awful. I would hate to think that I fell into that category. Therefore in that place, that period of time where history proves that Judah has not been there in her land, (At least not until the last half century) God has been dealing with, and calling us His children. That is exactly why the Jews that are back there today do not understand why we accepted that man their forefathers crucified. Why do the Gentiles accept that man called Jesus as being the Savior of the world, they say? It is a great mystery to them. Because of their spiritual blindness, they cannot even see it through their own writings. I say that in this light: It is absolutely that same spirit of blindness that is going to fall on this Gentile world of religion. Not the drunks out there wallowing in the gutters; and not the women of ill fame, but on this Gentile religious world that is so proud of their theology. In a sense they are only going in circles anyhow. When you watch some of the preachers and evangelists on that Trinity Broadcast Network, sure they are preaching about Jesus, and some of them see things going on that are relative to truth: Jesus is coming soon. They are all saying it. Sure, that is a promise; but they do not have a picture of how this thing is progressing; and of what is bringing it all to a climaxing point. So we can say this, We are children of God by faith in Jesus Christ; because it was promised to Abraham: That in thee and thy seed after thee shall all the families of the earth be blessed. Thank God I am in on that promise. I thank the Lord for including me; but I realize this also, This promise, or this opportunity to come in under that promise is not always going to be accessible to us Gentiles. We Gentile nations through the centuries, once the printing press was invented, and once men began to raise up that did have the ability to translate the word of God from language to language, have printed

Bibles in every known language. American Publishers have printed the word of God more than any other people in the world; but that does not mean this is all being done with a revelation that is consistent with the revelation written therein. People just do it mainly because they have a religious enthusiasm about doing something for God; or because of a monetary motive. Only God knows the thoughts and motives of all who claim to be serving Him. Nevertheless let us be thankful for the good that is done: whether it be done with a right motive or not.


AMOS PROPHESIES DISASTER


Let us go to the prophecy of Amos, chapter 9, and begin in verse 8. Right here, is where Peter picked up his revelation expressed in 1st Peter 3:12. Amos was a prophet that prophesied before the ten tribes were ever carried out of the land. This gives us an overall picture how god looked upon Israel just about the time He was starting to strike them with disasters and judgments and things designed to scatter them. “Behold, the eyes of the Lord God are upon the sinful kingdom, and I will destroy it from off the face of the earth, saving that I will not utterly destroy the house of Jacob, saith the Lord.” In other words, He would destroy somewhere in that beginning, the overall major portion of them, but He was going to save some to continue on the progression. “For, lo, I will command, and I will sift the house of Israel all nations, like as corn is sifted in a sieve, yet shall not the least grain fall (meaning that least predestinated one) upon the earth. (Meaning it will not be lost) All the sinners of my people shall die by the sword, which say, The evil shall not overtake nor prevent us. (Here comes the promise.) In that day will I raise up the tabernacle of David (That speaks of the rebuilding of the temple.) That is fallen, and close up the breaches thereof; (talking about the walls) and I will raise up his ruins, and I will build it as in the days of old.” Now among Gentile church people, and especially among a lot of your holiness movement, they spiritualize that. They look at the overall church world and somehow view it as spiritual Israel. Well we do know that Paul used that term; but in this promise we have to realize you cannot spiritualize this prophecy. It is dealing with the household of David, of the house of Jacob, which is Israel. It is talking about what God will do in a future tense of time. I will raise up the ruins, and build it as in the days of old. “That they may possess the remnant of Edom, (There, is that prophecy of what is to come about in the later days, how Israel is to cross over the Jordan River and possess the land of Edom; and the Moabites and the Ammonites shall serve them. It is at that time, when Numbers 24 drops in place, and Israel shall do valiantly. Where? On the field of battle, when she is absolutely turned loose to fulfill that very prophecy, so here is where the apostle James got his revelation.) And of all the heathen, which are called by name,” Take notice, that at not time in the Old Testament was that promise active. Here is Jerusalem, between the fall of Jerusalem, we will say 600 B.C. till around 530, Jerusalem lay in ruins. Then the two southern tribes came back to rebuild the ruins. Just keep in mind, There was no heathen called by the name of Jehovah. They went on their merry making way, believing in their pagan gods. Therefore this promise has somewhere a future tense, in the ending of time. When Judah was thrown out the second time, it was then, that these other promises came in and blend right together; and God turned to the Gentiles through the preaching of the gospel, to set this in motion. Therefore with this in mind, let us go to Deuteronomy 32:21. When we read this, put yourself in that element of Jews coming out of Egyptian bondage. I am sure that as these people realized they were no longer subject to the dictates of this power of Egypt, for them to use and abuse them, and they are traveling through the wilderness journey, not having to plant gardens, nor be subject to hard labor, they should have been overjoyed. They had manna every morning. They had quail meat to eat at evening. There are a lot of people in the world today, that would like to eat like that. They hate to think of planting a garden and such like. But while those people were journeying through the wilderness, God speaks through Moses; and that is what we are going to read, in the 32nd chapter, 20th verse of Deuteronomy. “And he said, I will hide my face from them, (God is speaking through Moses because He sees attitudes and behavior among the people He has delivered from bondage that He does not like. God spoke through Moses concerning that; so let us notice what He said.) I will see what their end shall be: for they are a very forward generation, children in whom is no faith. They have moved me to jealousy with that which is not God; they have provoked me to anger with their vanities: (If the children of Israel at that point of their journey, was already vexing God, having experienced what they did when God borught them from Egypt by a miraculous means and fed them, without them having to work for it, do you not think He is also vexed with the attitude of this Gentile world of religion that has partaken of His grace for over 1900 years, and are now just as pagan and full of vanity as those Jews were back then? They have provoked me to anger with their vanities. This Gentile religious world has a lot of teachings and ideas, that are nothing but vanities also.) And I will move them to jealousy with those which are not a people; (Think of it, way back then, 1400 years before Christ, God was telling those Jewish people, The day will come when I will cause you to be jealous: because I will do something among a people you do not know a thing about; and you will be jealous of it. That is why Jews still question us, Why do you accept this man Jesus, as your Savior? Jewish tradition has it, that He was a bastard child and not fit to associate with. Therefore you can see why that prophecy hangs over the Jewish people. For 1900 years, think of it, God has literally provoked that nation. What is even worse, is the fact that most of what they see represented as Christianity, is Catholicism, and what a shame. Now the pope and the political elders of Israel are shaking hands, establishing diplomatic relations between the Vatican and Israel. However just because the pope does that, it does not amount to the signing of the peach agreement that ushers in the seventieth week of Daniel. When that week of time is ushered in, it will be more than just the Vatican and Israel establishing diplomatic relationship so they can talk back and forth together. That covenant of Daniel has to include something about the monetary system, the trade system, and peace for the future. It has to include the whole works. The main thing is, God has told Israel in advance, I will provoke you to jealousy by a people that are looked upon as heathen.) I will provoke them to anger with a foolish nation.” For 1900 years that has been the picture; but it will soon change. Grace for Gentiles has just about reached its terminating point. In Isaiah 65, the Lord speaking through the prophet Isaiah, after the ten tribes had already been scattered; but Judah was still in the land, gives a prophecy that is so constructed in the overall line of prophecies, it just becomes overlooked by most everyone. Notice,  “I am sought of them that asked not for me; (That is talking about you and me.) I am found of them that sought me not: I said, Behold me, behold me, unto a nation that was not called by my name.” Think of the Gentiles worshiping deities, gods, altars, temples, shrines, groves of trees, parks and so forth, all of which went on for hundreds of years. Then, all of a sudden this little insignificant prophecy became activated. God gave them the gospel; but not before the nation of Israel as a whole had rejected it. God could then begin to cut them off. Then God in His love and mercy, based on all these promises which had been given to the Jewish people, because the promises were first to them, began to deal with Gentiles. He gave those Jews many types in the law that should have told before the time, of things to come; but those types meant nothing to that bunch of pious Jews. Nevertheless once the intercessory work of Christ began to ascend unto the Father on behalf of the Gentiles, every one of these passages of scripture dropped right in place. The ministry of that hour of time were finding themselves led by the spirit of God. No wonder when Paul was in Asia, in his second journey, he had purposed to go into Bythinia, which is in northern Turkey, yet one night in a vision he sees a man of Madeconia beckoning him to come over there. That was across the Dardanelles Straits, over in the part which is Yugoslavia today. That man was saying, Come over and help us. You read that in the book of Acts. This gospel started out under the leadership of the Spirit of God; and I assure you, it is going to finish up the same way.


THE GOSPEL – IN THE NEW TESTAMENT


Let us go into the New Testament at this time. Christ was crucified in 33 A.D. according to Jewish history. This ends the 69th week of Daniel. Right there, at that time the atonement price was paid; and in that same year, the Jewish church was born. The Holy Ghost descended upon those who were waiting in the upper room in Jerusalem; and the Jewish Church was born. The Jewish Church received the preeminence and we will say, Had the spotlight of attention centered on Jerusalem. Just every so many days or weeks God was constantly adding to the Church such as should be saved. On the day of Pentecost, after the apostle Peter preached that famous sermon, three thousand souls were saved; and another time five thousand an on like that. It was not a small thing, that which God was doing in Jerusalem. However as time passed, the attitude of some of those Jewish saints in Jerusalem needed to be worked on. AS the apostle Paul expressed it, the promise was the Jew first, and then to the Gentile. It took the apostle Paul to say that, as he saw the light on it in the Old Testament. From 33 A.D. until 56 A.D., God dealt with the Jews. (The reason I go to 56, is because that was about the time God began to deal with Paul and lead him to the Gentiles. I am not overlooking the fact that God led Peter to Caesarea, as recorded in the 10th chapter of Acts; to preach the gospel to a Roman Centurion and those of his house; but that was just a single occasion. It was a sign that God was going to deal with the Gentiles, which as you know, the Jews at that time could not in any way see God doing such a thing. Nevertheless, let us deal with this for a little bit. Put yourself in the hour of those Gentiles who loved back then: who knew by Jewish attitude, and by Jewish teachings, that no Gentile had any right or reason to expect anything from God. Yet on the other hand Jews were out to get proselytes to Judaism constantly. The Jews, if they could proselyte you in conversion to Judaism, then to them, that made you a Jew; but in reality it did not make them Jews any more than if you baptized a rabbit and called it a lamb. If you are a Gentile and somehow are converted to Judaism, you can follow their religious practices; but you are still a Gentile. That is exactly why, when you look at the Jews going back to the homeland of their forefathers today, many of them do not look like the Jews of their ancestral parentage. In 1968 when we were there on the Sabbath Day, working our way down to the western wall, thousands of Jews were coming and going. They were going to pray, going to sing, then going back the other way. Among them, I saw red headed Jews. I saw men with freckled faces. I saw women with blond hair. I just said to myself, Those people are no more of a Jew genetically than I am. We every one know Abraham was of the Semitic line: out of Shem. The Bible records show him as being genetically out of the race of the Syrian people. Even Eliezar was a Syrian, as we read there in Genesis. Remember, Abraham was married to his half sister; and you have to realize that she, genetically, in her appearance was compatible to whatever Abraham looked like; and I seriously doubt that you would have seen any red hair or freckles on them. Also, as you look at their descendants, you see that they stayed in the Semitic line in those early centuries. However coming on through the centuries, first they are in Egypt, and you have to realize there were many of those Jewish families that incorporated into the blood line Egyptian genetic traits. Then when they come back into Canaan land, some of them took on Canaanite seed. For instance, when the spies come to Jericho, here was Rahab the harlot. She was chosen for a wife and her line is recorded into the lineage of Christ. How many realize that? You can see that from the call of Abraham coming on down, slowly there were certain other genetic traits being incorporated into this Syrian blood line. Then after two thousand years of international dispersion among Gentile nations, where you have people of all races, colors and so forth, you now have Jews with all of those various features. The different colors of hair were found mainly among the Anglo Saxon people. I will never forget one fellow: He had red hair and freckles on his face; and that caused me to say, That fellow looks more Irish than Jewish. In a sense that is a fact. How do you know that Bro. Jackson? I am not talking about Irish people either. I hope we do not get our feathers ruffled because I am talking like this. I just have to do it to bring the picture up to date; because these centuries of dispersion have caused these races to become all mixed up in their blood line. Nevertheless that man was going to the western wall to pray; and which of you would dare tell him he is not a Jew? I saw one woman going toward the Western wall: whose hair was as blonde as you will find. That blonde hair did not come from Abraham. That had to come from among the Gentile nations. When the gospel came to the Gentiles around 56 A.D., this is when Paul was led, as recorded in the book of Acts the 19th and 20th chapters, to Ephesus. That was the beginning of the assembly as Ephesus, the very Church that represented the first Church age. In 66 A.D., the apostle Paul was dead. What does that constitute? Simply that the revelation of the gospel was complete. The embodiment of what we call, The New Testament Scriptures, was complete. The faith of the fathers was recorded in those epistles; and the apostle Paul wrote most of them: fourteen of them. Not only did Paul write all of those 14 epistles, the last two thirds of the book of Acts is a record of his ministry. All of that taken into consideration, anyone would have to agree that the apostle Paul was the apostolic messenger to the Ephesian Church Age. He had the complete revelation; and he delivered that revelation to that first Age. However 30 years later, in 96 A.D., John was the last patriarch left alive; and he had been put out there on the Isle of Patmos to get him out of the way; but much to his surprise God still had a work for him to do. John had no idea whatsoever what God would do with him. All he knew was, that he was being isolated there to put him out of commission, out of circulation with the Churches. That just goes to prove that no matter where a man is, if God has a reason to, He can speak to him. There is not a concrete wall, there is not a distance in miles, nor anything else that can stop God from talking to a chosen vessel when He chooses to. Think of it, 30 years after the death of the Church Age Messenger, there was no more epistles to be written, no other doctrine to be taught, and no more teachings on how Christians should live; but God still had something else He wanted the Church to have. All the principles of Christianity had already been explained in the epistles written by the apostles; but this prophecy we read in the book of Revelation, was given to John in 96 A.D., to give to the body of believers; and what it contained was information about things that are yet to be. When you see the introduction, the first three chapters, it puts every Church in proper order to represent the overall spirit of the Church Age it would correspond to. But once He speaks His last exhortation of the Laodicean age, the Age we are living in, the whole thing changes. John was taken up in the beginning of the 4th chapter, when he heard the voice speak from heaven, Come up hither. He saw a door open. As he ascended, he heard the words, I will show thee things that shall be hereafter. Let us look at it now. When we read from chapter 4 and on, it was still 96 A.D., but if he is told, I will show you things to be hereafter, then God did not stop him in the second century, nor the third century: He took him up in the Spirit and projected him through time, all the way into the 20th century. That is why when you read chapters 4, 5, and 6, and consider what went on back in 1963 when there was a little man in this Gentile church world, who was hardly recognized by the body of so-called Christianity, except for the unusual gift that followed his ministry; you ahve to realize God transported John right into our very day and hour of time. God dealt with Bro. Branham on the basis of what we see in the contents of chapter 4, 5, and 6. That is where John was projected to. He was projected to the 20th century. He saw all of that. Think of it. He saw things in heaven just as though that was the way it looked in 96 A.D.; but we have to believe he saw it as would relate in time to 1963 A.D. because then is when the seals would be broken and the revelation of them dropped down to be understood; and it would not be based on the fact it was going to be John that saw them. It was going to be a true prophet to this very Age: that would receive the revelation. It just took John to write it at that time: to be understood later. What God revealed in 1963, closed with the revelation of the 6th seal: putting everything in a true continuity order. The flow of revelation stopped right there; and there is still one seal left to be opened; and seven thunders yet to sound their voices. Let me take a little time to explain a little bit of what we are talking about. Coming on through the centuries of time, when we come to the Laodicean age, we cannot just pick up 1903, or 1906 as the year this Age started: We just have to settle for the fact that it was in that period of time somewhere. However we do come to the time in the Laodicean Age when somewhere, somehow or other, scenes in heaven are going to definitely be related to time on earth. That brings us to the time of 1933. That was the beginning of God speaking in a profound way to the man we are convinced was the prophet messenger to this Age. He was advised of his purpose and calling in relation to this Gentile Age. That is why down here at the river in the month of June 1933, God began to speak to him. I realize the Gentile church world despises the very thought of anyone talking about what took place there; because they all reject the idea that Bro. Branham was a prophet messenger to the Age of Laodicea. I have had people call me on the telephone, Bro. Jackson, I just cannot see Malachi 4:5-6 the way you do: I see no where in the Bible that God has ever sent a prophet to the Gentiles. I said, Do you believe we are living under the same covenant of promise that was given to the Jews on the day of Pentecost? Yes. Do you believe that we are actually recipients of that same covenant? Yes. Then you have to keep in mind that it is that covenant: not the Old Testament covenant. He sent the writing prophets to the Jews under that old covenant; but when He came to start another covenant, it is true He gave the covenant and its potential to the Jewish people first; but when the Jewish people rejected, then He picked up the promise to Abraham, Thou shalt be a father of many nations. The apostle Paul gives it to you in Romans 4, so when we see this covenant being given to us Gentiles, I pointed out to him, 2000 years later, which is approximately how long we have had this covenant of promise, we are in the same shape with this covenant: that the Jews were with the old one. Look how we have interpreted it. Look how we have traditionalized it. As end time children of this covenant, keep in mind, it is the promises and teachings that we received through Paul, Peter, James and John, that makes them our spiritual fathers. I told the fellow this, You have to realize we Gentiles have strayed a long way from their original teachings. So Malachi 4, in its last advent fulfillment, is not talking back to the Jews: it is talking to us Gentiles, how He (God) would send that spirit of Elijah to turn the Gentile Christian children, who are children of the promise, the second covenant, back to the apostolic faith of Paul and those others. Stillt he man could not see it. He just could not see how such a thing could be possible. Naturally I realize, if God does not give it to you by revelation, you never will see it clearly. You will never receive it by theology either: that is for sure. Words mean nothing when people have not a spirit inside of them to put a picture together. When we come from back there to 1933, we come through a few short years; but the religious world at that time did not know what was about to take place. Just like the Judaistic world did not know what was about to take place in the time of that first advent of Christ. As I look back and realize how my life has been benefitted by the teachings of this man, to me this revelation delivered to this Age by that little man is a part of my inner being. Sitting in the Methodist Church, not aware of what God was doing at that time in the world of religion, I was content to sit there in that old system and ride on, just like a lot of Methodists or Baptists are still doing today. However after God almost took my life, and I realized when I woke up in the hospital, that the wreck had not happened for nothing; but was designed to bring me to Christ: things have been different ever since. When I finally did give my heart to him, and as I have said many times, Sitting there on my couch that cold February morning, I just picked up the Bible and it fell open to the 1st chapter of Luke. I read where Zechariah went into the temple to burn incense, and how the angel Gabriel was seen there at the right hand of the altar of incense. He got Zechariah’s attention and told Zechariah that his wife Elizabeth was going to conceive. She was going to give birth to a son. His name shall be called John. Then the angel told Zechariah this son will go before the coming of the Lord in the power and spirit of Elias to turn the heart of the fathers to the children, and he stopped quoting Malachi.

When Israel Does This, Part 2

When Israel Does This, Part 2
Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

WHEN ISRAEL DOES THIS-CONTINUED

IN OUR APRIL ISSUE, WE STARTED A MESSAGE TITLED “WHEN ISRAEL DOES THIS,” USING MICAH 7:11-17 AS OUR TEXT SCRIPTURE, WHICH DEALS WITH WHAT ISRAEL WILL DO TO FULFILL THESE VARIOUS PROPHECIES SET FORTH IN THE MESSAGE “LOOKING THROUGH WINDOWS OF PROPHECY;” AND WE HAD JUST READ FOUR VERSES FROM THE 12TH CHAPTER OF ZECHARIAH; SO THAT IS WHERE WE WILL CONTINUE ON FROM.

In Zechariah 12:2, God says, “Behold, I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all the people round about, when they shall be in the siege both against Judah and against Jerusalem.” Naturally those that are round about are the Arabs. They are the one’s doing all the fussing and scrapping with the Jews. No sooner did they sign this peace thing with Israel about the Gaza Strip and the Jericho territory, Arafat said, the Jew don’t know it yet; but they will leave Jerusalem also. I just thought to myself, That is what you say. The Bible tells us who will be leaving; and it will not be the Jews. I cannot project any certain time that God has determined for the Jews to start rebuilding the old city of Jerusalem; but the time between now and then is all the time they have, to continue with their negotiating. One thing you cannot help but notice though, is that everything just seems to get worse. For every individual that is in favor of negotiating a peace settlement between the Jews and the PLO, there are ever so many against it; so where does that leave the whole process? No doubt it will just get worse, and worse until finally either some Arab or Arabs make the wrong move, and that will be (as they say) the straw that breaks the camel’s back. As that hour approaches, the governors of Judah are no longer going to be Peres and Rabin. We have a prophecy that goes right in here to show that. If I am looking at this right, and if God has it timed, there is a certain way He is going to trigger this whole thing. That is when the city of Jerusalem becomes an international issue for the whole world to get involved in. The Arabs will foster it of course; and that is why it will become a cup of trembling. Not only will God make Jerusalem a cup of trembling to those Arabs, the next verse says He will make Jerusalem a burdensome stone for all people: and all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces, though all the people of the earth be gathered together against it. That word is describing a negotiating process. That is exactly, we can say, is when U.N. no doubt will want to try to enter into it, just like they have argued back and forth for the last two and half years over Bosnia. Those of the U.N., think it is going to be the final closing thing to the world’s problems. They are not. I have to say, God is destined to tear that thing all to pieces sometime in the future. When you read that verse, a burdensome stone, and when you really think of a burdensome stone, you not only think of a stone that is heavy, but it is the way it is made. It is unhandy to get hold of. It is not an easy thing to get your arms around. It is not an easy thing to lift out of its place. God has made it that way. That is why when it begins to enter an international negotiating process, God says though all the nations of the earth be gathered together against Jerusalem, (not in a military way, but in a negotiating way) they will be cut in pieces. That is the U.N. body. God said, I will cut them to pieces. That is not firing shots. No. I cannot help but believe we are going to see hours of confusion hit the international scene where we will see diplomats from various nations stick their head in, sound off, only to walk out angry, saying, I will never return. We have so many prophecies here to look at, to thrill our hearts, it is hard to know which one to look at next.

A PREVIEW OF THE MILLENNIUM

Let us go ahead and turn to Isaiah 11. In Isaiah 11, we find a prophecy describing how God has allowed that prophet to see the Millennium. That is why when you start reading down through there, it tells how He will judge. It tells how the cow and bear shall feed together. “The wolf also shall dwell with the lamb, and the leopard shall lie down with the kid; and the calf and the young lion and the fatling together; and a little child shall lead them. And the cow and the bear shall feed; their young ones shall lie down together: (That is looking at the Millennium first.) and the lion shall eat straw like the ox.” There is one thing sure, Regardless of how many lions you put in the zoo now and try to educate him, they are not going to eat straw, because the lion’s stomach has not yet been changed. You might try it, but it would probably starve him to death. “And the sucking child shall play on the hole of the asp, and the weaned child shall put his hand on the cockatrice’s den. (We are still looking at the Millennium.) They shall not hurt nor destroy in all my holy mountain: for the earth shall be full of the knowledge of the Lord, as the waters cover the sea.” That gives a little fore view of what will follow all the various encounters the Jews are to go through as this age of grace comes to an end. God has not overlooked one single detail: It is all in here somewhere if we can just get it all put together properly.

REVERTING BACK TO THE PRESENT HOUR

Verse 10, of Isaiah 11 brings you back to the fore view of what transpires before the world goes into that Millennial hour. “And in that day there shall be a root of Jesse, (This is talking about the Messiah.) which shall stand for an ensign of the people; to it shall the Gentiles seek: and His rest shall be glorious. And it shall come to pass in that day, that the Lord shall set His hand again the second time to recover the remnant of His people, (See? He puts the Millennium first. Now he starts going back over the process approaching it.) which shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. And He shall set up an ensign for the nations, and shall assemble the outcasts of Israel, and gather together the dispersed of Judah from the four corners of the earth. The envy also of Ephraim shall depart, and the adversaries of Judah shall be cut off: Ephraim shall not envy Judah, and Judah shall not vex Ephraim. (Showing that in the process of restoring the nation, both elements are going to be back in the land, reunited. Verse 14 tells exactly what they did in the Six Day War.) But they shall fly upon the shoulders of the Philistines toward the west; (They have already done that. Can you see it? But we are not in the Millennium yet; so just watch what He does.) they shall spoil them of the east together: (They did not do it then: this is still ahead of them. The east is across the Jordan River.) they shall lay their hand upon Edom and Moab; and the children of Ammon shall obey them.” They still have not come to that yet. Where are those Edomites, the Moabites, and the Ammonites? They are in the country of Jordan. They are in that other part of Zephaniah verses 8-11. They stopped over here short of that in 1967; so this is still ahead of them. They shall destroy the Moabites, the Edomites and the Ammonites. We have four prophecies that tell what Israel will do to those people across the river; so let us go right back to Numbers for a further view. Here is where it speaks (Numbers 24.) of what Balaam has said to Balak, Come here, I will show you what these people will do to your people in the latter days. (Verse 17) Balaam says, “I shall see him, but not now: I shall behold him, but not nigh: there shall come a Star out of Jacob, and a Sceptre shall rise out of Israel, and shall smite the corners of Moab, and destroy all the children of Sheth. And Edom shall be a possession, Sier also shall be a possession for his enemies; and Israel shall do valiantly.” This is linking all these prophecies together; because the focal point is the Moabites, the Edomites, and the Ammonites. That part of the land beyond Jordan today, (which was never a country called Jordan in ancient times) certain tribes of the Israeli people must have; because the areas of the land across the Jordan River were not occupied by the Moabites, the Edomites and the Ammonites, the children of Israel lived over there. That is why it speaks back here in this prophecy we read, about how they will move into Gilead, because Israel has got to have it. Israel has got to have the other side of the Jordan River in order to fulfill these prophecies against these people and to make room for the last wave of immigrants to enter and take up their possession to set the stage for the last days. That is why if we can see the picture that unfolds here, all of these are tied to the last days. I remember when Bro. Govender preached that message titled “The Latter Days of the Last Days:” That is what these prophecies are pertaining to: the latter days of the last days. They are prophecies that deal strictly with the supernatural. Here in Numbers 24, Israel will do valiantly. That is when the miraculous power of God will be witnessed. That is why Micah 7 comes right in here: It speaks of the miraculous power of God that will be displayed when He begins to wrap up these end time events; so notice verses 15-17, as we read together. (Micah 7:15-17) “According to the days of thy coming out of the land of Egypt will I shew unto him marvellous things. (things like the Red sea having a dry path for them to escape through, and the many other miracles of that 40 years journey) (16) The nations shall see and be confounded at all their might: they shall lay their hand upon their mouth, (That is a gesture of awe.) their ears shall be deaf. (17) They shall lick the dust like a serpent, they shall move out of their holes like worms of the earth: they shall be afraid of the Lord our God, and shall fear because of thee.” When God begins to show His miraculous power on behalf of the Israeli people the way so many of these prophecies speak of, it will put fear in the heart’s of those who have been their oppressors for so long: That is what all of this adds up to. As we begin to see what these various prophecies pertain to, then we can tie them together for these last days, Numbers 24, Zephaniah 8 through 11, Jeremiah 48, and 47, all about the same thing. Then we can see how all this has to come about by one miraculous sweep of the Israeli military forces, when Jerusalem is the focal point. In other words, until God is ready to show His hand, these leaders will just go ahead and fuss with each other, each one expressing his or her own thoughts about what it will take to bring about a condition of peace in the Middle East. Man will say, how soon? But when God is ready to move, He will be ready to let Israel escort those PLO people across the land, back to the land their ancestors came from, so the Jews can have the land God gave to their forefathers. We also have a prophecy I had never even thought about as being part of this picture until recently, when I was reading it again. It is in Obadiah. It just closes this thing. It lets you see exactly why God has His eye on Moab, on the Edomites and the Ammonites. It is because of how He saw them conduct themselves back in the 6th century, when the Babylonians first came to take the Jews captive and there were a few Jews that managed to escape. They would flee across the valley hoping to find refuge among their half brothers, (you might say) only to be captured and turned back over to the Babylonians, or to be held captive for some high ransom. It tells about it all in Obadiah. In that prophecy, God speaks of all three of them, I have watched you when you stood in the crossway and would not let my people escape, nor would you offer sanctuary to them. In other words, You would not extend a hand of mercy or even allow them to unmolested by you. Therefore God says, I have remembered all of this. Just think, saints, For 2600 years God has remembered what the Moabites did, what the Edomites, and the Ammonites; and He is going to bring them to account for it. There is no doubt in my mind, that this time factor is getting very close. Every day they grind away on this process in the Middle East, trying to bring it to some kind of resolution; and I just keep saying, Lord, how much longer before they start picking on Jerusalem? Once they start picking on Jerusalem, then I have to feel like God’s finger is beginning to point to the climax of these prophecies. When He does turn Israel loose, they will make a sweep that will cause people around the world to stand in awe. If I had a map up here and you could see the layout of Israel, and of the Jordan area she will cross over and take, it would give you a better understanding of all of this; but we are limited in some of what we would like to do. However Israel will not be crossing over there to kill all of those people. No. When it says He (meaning Israel) will destroy the Moabites, that in reality means Israel will take hold of them in such a way that they will never again be allowed again to multiply and become a powerful, hostile force against Israel. There is no doubt though, that when Israel does this, still off to the east of all of that you will still have old mad man Hussein, (as I call him) and he will certainly feel that he must take up the cause against Israel; and Israel will know that. Therefore if this thing is as close as it looks like it is, I cannot help but believe Israel will not stop with just the Jordan area. She will not stop until she has reached the Euphrates River. You might ask me why; and here is my answer: It is because if Israel was to make a move today to attack Jordan, there is no doubt that the old mad man is just waiting for the opportunity, hoping for a chance, militarily, to come against Israel with his forces. That is why I have to believe that when God does turn Israel loose to do this, and God shows His miraculous power on their behalf, He will not let Israel stop until she has gone all the way to the Euphrates River and put everything across the Jordan River to rest. It is the only way she can do what it says in Zephaniah, He will destroy all the gods of the earth in that day. They have to destroy that Islamic belief. That turns them around to fulfill what is said in Isaiah 63. Brothers and sisters: God has all of this laid out so beautifully: if we will just purge our mind’s of all former ideas we have held by tradition and allow the Spirit of God to show us how it really is. Praise His name!

WHEN ISRAEL SPOILS THEM OF THE EAST

Let us go back to Isaiah 11, to continue on with our look at these prophecies. There is no doubt in my mind, that when these prophecies we are looking at for the end of the age do begin to be fulfilled, it will all wrap up in very short order. It will not string out over a twenty year period of time. While we understand that there are many prophecies dealing with the same period of time, yet everything from the starting of that certain point will come about miraculously. As we said earlier, From back here in 1939 when God started dealing with the Jews in Europe, it has been a long period of time. It has been a struggle. A lot of Jews lost their lives from 1939 on through the war years. Then the birth of the nation came about in 1948, and think of how they struggled through the war of 1967, and what they have been subjected to since then. Almost 27 years have come and gone since that war of 1967; and now it looks like there is a stalemate in the progression of events leading up to the next prophesied events; but no doubt this stalemate is the period that can launch Israel right into the era of the miraculous; and I believe it is going to be very soon now. As we have pointed out before, All of this has to be kept within the generation that saw the hand of God begin to move to restore Israel; so whether you figure it from 1939, or 1948, that generation cannot be stretched very far beyond the year 2000 A.D. The generation Jesus spoke of in Matthew 24, that cannot pass away until all these things be fulfilled, is the very generation that watched Israel returned to statehood after all those other Jews had been slaughtered in WW2. Well we read the verses of Isaiah 11, that actually put the Millennium in the forefront; and therefore from verse 14, where we are going to begin reading now, it reverts backward to the conditions that will transpire prior to the Millennium coming into focus. Let us notice how precise these little prophecies are. “But they shall fly upon the shoulders of the Philistines toward the west.” According to Zechariah 10 we find that was accomplished in the war of 1967. Zephaniah 2:3-7, that was fulfilled, where they fly upon the shoulders of the Philistines to the west. They took the Gaza Strip. Keep in mind these prophecies we are reading are not prophecies related to different intervals of time: They are all dealing with the same thing. Each prophecy shows how God let that prophet in the hour the prophecy was written, see the picture. The picture then becomes a specific thing as to how God brings it about. Therefore the first thing this prophecy brings in, is how Israel will take the Gaza Strip. Then notice the rest of the verse. “They shall spoil them of the east together.” That means when you go to Zephaniah 2:8-11, you find the prophecy concerning how God will deal with Moab and Ammon, which is exactly what we were just speaking of. When Israel crosses the Jordan to actually spoil them of the east, and take possession of the land now known as Jordan, that is when that verse goes into complete fulfillment and application. “They shall lay their hand upon Edom and Moab; and the children of Ammon shall obey them.” I believe we should all understand that by now. That is what Numbers 24 pertains to, where Balaam prophesied coming through the wilderness, when he said to Balak, Come here and I will show you what these people will do to your people in the latter days. Right there is where God caused Balaam to prophesy that the Edomites, the Moabites, the Ammonites would in the last days fall subject to Israel. It is very important that we see how these prophecies paint the picture if we expect to keep abreast of where time has progressed to; because we are living in that time factor right now, when we can expect to see these prophecies fulfilled without it being a surprise to us. The unbelieving people of the world will be surprised, or I should say shocked, when Israel begins to excel; but we who have followed these prophecies will only rejoice. Not because of any misfortune that comes to others, but because of the accuracy of every prophecy God has spoken concerning these things. Furthermore we do know for sure, that these prophecies are not pertaining to something that will take place way over here in the Millennium. The reason I put this sketched map up here, is to try and show you the relationship of these other areas to the present land of Israel. Right in here (pointing to map) is the land of Israel. Right across here is the land of Jordan; but looking on eastward, you see Saudi Arabia. If we had a Bible map, it would make it much clearer to you why Israel must fulfill these prophecies; because those old Bible maps show where the twelve tribes of Israel originally dwelt when they finished the wilderness journey and settled in the promised land. She must have all of the land given to Abraham and his heirs; and the only way she is going to get it, is for some condition to arise that will justify her taking it by force; and the only way she can take it all by force, is for the hand of God to cause her to perform miraculous feats. That is why it says in Numbers, “And they shall do valiantly.” That means it is a military thing. Let us finish reading the rest. “And the Lord shall utterly destroy the tongue of the Egyptian sea; and with his mighty wind shall he shake his hand over the river, and shall smite it in the seven streams.” If you look at a map of the Nile River, where it comes into the delta, facing the Mediterranean, you can get this picture; but we need to understand something: There have been natural forces, (we will say, for the last twelve years) going on in the eastern areas of north Africa, from the Sudan, Ethiopia, eastern Kenya, down into Somalia, running down the eastern coast of Africa all the way into South Africa, that have made a difference. The Nile River flows northward; and for a long period of time, at least twelve years or more we have heard of the various droughts that keep hitting in those eastern countries of north Africa and along the eastern coastal areas. What is it doing? It is affecting the watershed; because the Nile drains out of the northern plateau regions that extend back into Ethiopia and Sudan. That is the watershed area of the Nile. It is true, since Egypt built that big dam that Russia helped her to build, called the Aswan Dam, she can control the flow of this water. But keep in mind, you can only control the flow of water in a massive river like that as long as you have water that falls in the watershed area at various times. But once that stops completely, sooner or later all that water you have been controlling is no longer there. When the day comes they have to shut off every dam for the sake of fresh water to the people, so this means that eventually there is no water that reaches the delta to go into the Mediterranean. Can you understand that? We have two prophecies where God speaks of that day, so let us continue to reading here, in Isaiah 11:15. “And with His mighty wind shall He shake His hand over the river, and shall smite it in the seven streams, (that is the delta area) and make men go over dryshod.” The 16th verse is applicable somewhere yet in front of us. It is not behind us. God has done some extraordinary things in bringing the Jew back home to fulfill these various prophecies and get them in place; but from now onward (we will say) is where the pressure comes. It is how God begins to show His hand. Notice this verse, “And there shall be an highway for the remnant of His people, which shall be left, from Assyria; like as it was to Israel in the day that He came up out of the land of Egypt.” Common sense will tell you when Moses led the children of Israel out of Egypt, there was no highway out there in the wilderness; so what kind of highway is it talking about? It means the route of the miraculous, the way of the miraculous. To me, this is why God has narrowed this time factor down to a few short years before we reach the week of Daniel. This is where when He begins to show His hand; and when He starts it, He will never let up until it is all over. That is why when the era of the miraculous starts, it will take this that somewhere out here in the world, and in some of those scattered mid east territories there is a few hundred Jews here and there still somehow or other kept there; but as the era of the miraculous starts, then those territories like Yemen, and Syria, which has kept several thousands of Jews shut up, and would not let them go home, God is going to miraculously make a way for them to be released and come quickly back to fulfill this picture. This is why as I look at the overall following of Bro. Branham, and please believe me, I am not talking about him personally: I am talking about the followers who have set for almost thirty years and read book after book after book until they have almost memorized every word of them; I realize that those people cannot possibly know how and where to fit in these prophecies. Not one of those books will refer you to one of these prophecies and show you how it will be set in motion and fulfill the picture for the last days. Too many of them have been left with this idea, God is going to come and the rapture take place, phooey with the rest, what do I care about what else takes place? That is absolutely a detrimental attitude for any human being to take toward the word of God. God does not even have to show mercy to a person who wants to take His word and treat it like that. What Bro. Branham brought to this age was a message to wake us up and get us looking forward to the hour and time we could recognize the hand of God bringing us back to scriptural, spiritual truth, in order that we might be put in the right relationship with God, our heavenly Father. As you look at all of this you realize, that does not change the picture written in the scriptures as to how Israel will come toward this point. If we can see ourselves as being the Church the word of God speaks of, and see Israel as she is moving forward to that hour we have been speaking of, we have to understand that when we coordinate the two together, the Church and Israel, they are running parallel toward a strategic time factor. As time moves quickly for Israel to face that week then when we look at the Gentile Church and how she should be moving into her final revelation of how to acquaint herself with Him for the rapture, which is just before the great tribulation in the week of Daniel. Just do not try to make the rapture take place 5 or 10 years before the week starts. That is not in harmony with the whole plan of God. Otherwise Paul would not have said concerning the coming of the Lord, in Thessalonians, and our gathering together unto Him, he wanted them to know that day shall not come except there come a falling away first and the man of sin be revealed. That certainly does not even suggest that the Church will go through any part of the great tribulation; but it does let us know the Church will still be here when it becomes known who the antichrist, or man of sin really is. The world leaders will be compelled by circumstances to initiate the era of this evil prince by allowing him to take the oversight of world affairs; and that should be the very thing that points the Church to the reality of what is taking place. She will know something is about to happen; and she will know what it is. That very incident is what activates the seventieth week of Daniel: Three and a half years of false peace, and then three and a half years of great tribulation. I cannot tell you exactly how much the Church will see take place before she takes her flight; but I can assure you she will be gone before the middle of that week comes. It is only the foolish virgins from among what is looked upon as the Gentile Church that will have to go into the darkest of that dark hour and give their lives in martyrdom to seal their testimony of faith in Jesus Christ. That is a result of playing around with every kind of idea and failing to be clothed in the revealed word of God until the hour when the door of revelation is closed to them. According to the parable, they come knocking; but that door is already closed to them. As for the fulfillment of these prophecies we have been looking at, they cannot be fulfilled until God has created a situation in the government of Israel that gets rid of this silly idea Rabin and Peres has been participating in, thinking they can compromise with the PLO, give up territory, and live in peace with the Arabs. In the plan of God there is no such thing as negotiation. God is not going to negotiate with anyone. God said, I shall do this, and He will. He is not going to compromise with the devil. I will say this though, God will give carnal man an opportunity to do certain things: just to prove to carnal man that he (the natural minded man) will always choose to do the wrong thing; and never the right thing. Then when man has proved himself always to do the wrong thing, God comes on the scene and does it right. As He does it, He is magnified before people whose attention He gets. At the same time, those who do not yield their attention toward God will only become angrier than they were already. However if you think God cares how many millions of people get angry at what He does you have another thought coming: He is not going to shed one tear over any of that. People left alive on this earth until that time will either submit to the will of God or they will be treated just like trash that is good for nothing but burning. What this Bible portrays for us is the plan and purpose of God; and it was all settled in His great mind before He ever created anything.

THE KIND OF MEN GOD USES

We are looking at how God is going to deal strategically with the Middle East on behalf of the Jews in these last days. He has already caused them to take the land of the Philistines, but in order for them to subdue those of the east, there has got to come about a change in the Israeli government. Peres and Rabin are in no frame of mind to take more territory in any direction. All they want to do is compromise, and give into world pressure. That is why it looks like everything is questionable right now. But if we believe all these things are true, then we know God has a time factor somewhere in front of us, whether it is in the next half year, or a year, or a year and half. God is going to let some Arab or any element of Israeli people make a fatal mistake which is going to throw everything into a disruptive state. This is going to force the nation of Israel either to have an election or to choose some kind of new leadership. Once that new leadership is chosen, I believe the God of heaven is going to say, Alright, I have let various leaders through the years of time as Israel has slowly reached this point do as they saw fit to do; but now it is time to move forward and get on with what has to be done. You have had an up and down, see-saw situation in your government: Some wanting to give up, some wanting to hold on to what you have, and others wanting to move on; and now it is time for all of you to move forward together. Saints: if I am looking at the scriptures right, it is time for all of that see-sawing to stop. Let us go back to Zechariah 12. We have shown you already how in verses 2 and 3 God said He would make Jerusalem a cup of trembling and a burdensome stone and so forth; and we want to see how all of this ties in with Micah 7:11-17. These things help us determine how close we are to the renovating and rebuilding of the city of Jerusalem, and the temple, which is all described in the two chapters of Isaiah. Here in Zechariah 12, to me, is the focal point and condition that God sets forth for all of this to come about. Through the first three verses, especially verses 2 and 3 of Zechariah 12, He makes Jerusalem a cup of trembling to some people. You see that. That is how the Arabs will look at Jerusalem. They want it to be their city. But verse 3 makes it a burdensome stone to all them that get involved with it: That is the international, diplomatic scene. Now we come to verse 4, to see how God looks at Jerusalem when the hour has come for their walls to be built. “In that day, saith the Lord, I will smite every horse with astonishment, and his rider with madness: (He is actually saying, no matter what Israel’s hostile enemy forces will be, which will be the Arabs for that period of time, He will smite every one with madness.) and I will open mine eyes upon the house of Judah, (Judah we realize is the first major tribe that was to come back, to start this gradual process of the restoration of the nation. That is why in chapter 10 it speaks of the order of it.) and will smite every horse of the people with blindness.” In other words that tells us no matter how many Arabs are armed with modern equipment, their hostility is not going to succeed against Judah when the hour has arrived for God to send them forth victorious. Then verse 5 tells us what kind of leadership Israel will have to have in that hour in order for this to be brought about. “And the governors of Judah shall say in their heart, The inhabitants of Jerusalem shall be my strength in the Lord of hosts their God.” Naturally that has to be explained: At first glance it does not seem to make sense. First off as we look at Isaiah 49, which is in front of us somewhere just in a short time factor, Isaiah 49 tells us out there somewhere is an element of a certain type Jew. They are of the tribe of Judah, but they are basically of the lineage of David. Those were the early inhabitants and occupants of this ancient city of Jerusalem. King David took it; and it was mainly his relatives that occupied it. We have to keep in mind, he had several wives which brought forth several children. King Solomon followed him and he had many wives, did he not? Therefore you have to realize that eventually the occupants of the city of Jerusalem became mainly the descendants of many generations of King David’s descendants. That is why in ancient times it was also referred to as the city of David. He took it. Therefore his descendants occupied it, lived in it. In the last days, for that to be done, it means the city of Jerusalem has to come into a time frame where God deals strategically with that city. In the 1967 war, the Israeli army took the old city; and that did fulfill the prophecy of Jesus how that Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles until the time of the Gentiles be fulfilled; but even though the prophecy was fulfilled in 1967, three fourths of the old city is still inhabited by Arabs. That means there is no way that city right now can be projected into the Millennium under that social structure. It has got to be a city that is occupied by the descendants of King David, who are also out of the tribe of Judah. Therefore for twenty some years this thing has been hanging there like that: In other words, with Arabs living there. At the same time the Arabs in the Gaza Strip, and in the areas of Jericho, are now demanding of the Israeli governors, that all these immigrants Jews in those newly settled areas be moved out. Then these Arabs in the old city that have seen immigrants come in, we will say in the suburban areas and build new quarters, they are saying the same thing: The Jews have got to get out of Jerusalem. To me that sets the focal point. That is the ultimatum. That is what makes Jerusalem a cup of trembling. Because it means prophecy has come to the time when God’s finger is pointing toward Jerusalem. He is going to set the agenda, the conditions, and here is where we can say His miraculous hand will go to work first. He sets the agenda Himself: He does not leave that in the hands of mortal men: You can see that as we read down through these verses. “In that day will I make the governors of Judah like an hearth of fire.” It has never been like that yet. You know it. They did have a good man in leadership in the 1967 war; but we have to realize he did not stay in office forever. Therefore as we look at this prophecy, we see how God is looking at the time factor. When it is time for the miraculous to go into force and these prophecies drop one after another, right into place, there has to be men in places of governmental leadership that are willing to move with God instead of with other world leaders. This sets the agenda for what we see here. “In that day will I make the governors of Judah like an hearth of fire among the wood, and like a torch of fire in a sheaf; and they shall devour all the people round about, (That is talking about Arabs, Palestinian Arabs.) on the right hand and on the left: and Jerusalem shall be inhabited again in her own place, even in Jerusalem.” By who? Jews of course. That fulfills Isaiah 49. Now watch how verse 7 gives you a backward view. “The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah first.” To understand what that verse means we have to realize what Judah did do in 1967. She took the Gaza strip just as it was prophesied in Zephaniah 2:3-7. Then she took the area of Jericho. All of that territory from the Jordan River over the Judaean mountains to the Mediterranean is the ancient territory of Judah. When God says, that He will establish the tents of Judah first, that should be easily understood to mean that the tribe of Judah, which is going to be the war tribe, the beginning tribe, will be the beginning process of the restoration and gradual rebuilding of this nation. He will start this process with Judah first. Therefore He is going to give her her territorial place of habitation. He has done it and now the Arabs are saying, But you have got to give up some of it. As we read this, do you think our western world leaders are reading this Bible? Not at all. It means nothing to them. However if their whole process of peace negotiation goes wrong, then you and I who are Christians, ought to say, Thank You Lord: You have given us a word of promise. Let us follow this on through. “The Lord also shall save the tents of Judah first, (Why? What is the importance of them being first?) that the glory of the house of David and the glory of the inhabitants of Jerusalem do not magnify themselves against Judah.” So to sum that all up, it means this, God knew He will give that tribe their place of habitation first, because they are going to be the war people: They are going to be the people who have to do the fighting and put up with twenty some years of fussing. Do you catch the point? If He would have given this particular kingly element of Judaean Jews the right to come back and live in Jerusalem first, can you not see how carnal man likes to brag? I live in Jerusalem! You live out in that little back woods place. I know where you come from! Keep in mind, you have to understand the natural reaction of carnal earthly people such as we are. You get New York people. Oh, you’re from Tennessee. What part? Oh, way down there where they say You all, back in the sticks. That is how natural minded creatures magnify themselves. I’m from New York! The big apple city! That is what God was talking about in that one verse. He does not want the city people, because of their lineage connection, to be able to brag and boast over the Judaean people that are going to be the ones that have to move out here and put up with twenty some years of Arab hostility, living behind chain link fences, as it says in Ezekiel 36. That is what they have been doing since the Six Day War. By now we ought to begin to see the picture. Knowing what the next issue is, that they want Judah to get out of this territory, I just have to say, Judah is not going to budge one inch. It may look like it. There may be certain things done that makes it look like prophecy is moving backward; but you rest assured, God knows exactly what He is doing. The hour God wants it to go the right way, something is going to happen that will blow things sky high in the Middle East. I believe with all my heart, it is going to cause Israel to have some kind of election that will change their leadership. Then all those Jews that have been put under pressure, and fear they are going to have to give up and get out of these territories where they have risked their lives to live in, will have a chance again. They risk the lives of their children to move out there in those territorial places and build those villages and put up those chain link fences and suffer the consequence of the hostility, being invaded at night, and having mortar shells dropped in their midst. Do you think those Jews are going to feel at ease when their own government leaders breathe down their neck and say, Come on, you have to get out of here. That is why we have hundreds of Jews living in Israel today in these rebuilt villages which have been fulfilling prophecy of how they would come back in the last days, they would rebuild the desolate place and the ruined place. The desolate place would also be tilled. She has been doing that for twenty some years, only to be faced with a bunch of leaders right now that want to sell out to the Arab cause. As I look at this I have to say, Brothers and sisters, get ready to watch the show. Something is going to blow; and when it does you are going to see the miraculous hand of God intervene on behalf of the Jewish people. As these prophecies begin to unfold, one right after another, the world is going to have to watch the miraculous hand of God. Israel is going to do valiantly; but it will be because they have a great and powerful God fighting for them. Once she enters that era of time, the Israeli governors will never again turn their heads to say, Yes, we will do this or that for the Arabs. The leaders of Israel will truly be dedicated to the Israeli cause; and that of course, will be to do the things these prophecies say she will do. Of course I realize, that once Israel has gained the land she is supposed to have and passed through that era, and she is in the process of rebuilding and doing the things the Bible says she will do, here comes the antichrist. Remember this though, the fact that the Jewish leaders will sign a covenant with the antichrist to be in effect from that hour on, does not change these prophecies one bit. All of this is written in the scriptures; and we already know what is going to happen. Therefore as we finish this up, and we see how the governors of Judah will be like a torch of fire in that day, we can take these thoughts and turn to Isaiah 19, where it picks up the picture again and tells us how God will look upon that hour of time. As Israel enters that hour of time that she takes this east country, she is doing it to bring the Moabites, the Edomites and the Ammonites under her control. It will bring the country of Jordan to an end. In ancient times there never was a country of Jordan. Those tribal people were over there, but those people functioned independently within their own identity. At the same time, across the Jordan, there were territories that still belonged to part of the ten tribes of Israel. Your old Bible maps will show you that.

WHAT PLACE EGYPT IS DESTINED TO HAVE IN THE FUTURE

As we move into these last days for Israel to be completely restored, getting ready for the week of Daniel, Israel has got to have all of her territory; so let us see how God is going to deal in a strategic way and use Judah in that hour. “The burden of Egypt. Behold, the Lord rideth upon a swift cloud, and shall come into Egypt: and the idols of Egypt shall be moved at his presence, and the heart of Egypt shall melt in the midst of it. And I will set the Egyptians against the Egyptians: and they shall fight every one against his brother, and every one against his neighbour; city against city, and kingdom against kingdom.” To make this short, let us go to verse 5. We read in Isaiah 11 how the tongue of the Egyptian sea would dry up, so notice this verse. “And the waters shall fail from the sea, and the river shall be wasted and dried up.” Another prophecy that is speaking about the mouth of the Nile. “And they shall turn the rivers far away; and the brooks of defense shall be emptied and dried up: the reeds and flags shall wither.” It comes right on down through there and tells you about the lakes, the fishermen and such like. Let us just move on down to verse 15 now. “Neither shall there be any work for Egypt, which the head or tail, branch or rush, may do. In that day shall Egypt be like unto women: (Now this is looking beyond 1967. In 1967 they had a Nasser, right? He was the one that led the Arab forces, saying, We will destroy this Jewish state. There will be no such thing. But they took a licking. Then again the Egyptians took a licking in 1973. This is looking beyond all of that.) and it shall be afraid and fear because of the shaking of the hand of the Lord of hosts, which He shaketh over it. And the land of Judah shall be a terror unto Egypt, (That cannot be until Zechariah 12, the governors in leadership. It goes together. The land of Judah cannot be something that people are afraid of until there are governors sitting at the top of it ready to say, You will do so and so, or else.) every one that maketh mention thereof shall be afraid in himself, because of the counsel of the Lord of hosts, which He hath determined against it.” Now as we read the rest of this prophecy, keep in mind, on one hand God is dealing a blow of judgment against that Egyptian nation. But at the same time He is doing it to get rid of a spirit of hostility that is fostered by certain Egyptian people who have harbored this Islamic religious spirit; and we have to understand this Islamic religion that started approximately 627 A.D. is to Judaism an anti religion, just as Catholicism is an anti religion to true Christianity. Islam is hostile to Judaism, just as Catholicism is hostile to what you and I stand for. When we realize in Zephaniah 2, verses 11, when Israel in that hour is to make her crossing into Jordan and conquer the Moabites, the Edomites and the Ammonites, right there in that area and right on down into Arabia is where that Islamic spirit rose up to start with. So this is why God has to deal with these people in this fashion. Because He is going to put that old Islamic religion to sleep. Therefore He has to judge it drastically to some of the people. That is why it is like this to Egypt. But when you read on here, you see something else. “In that day shall five cities in the land of Egypt speak the language of Canaan.” Which will be Hebrew. That does not mean five cities in the land of Egypt want to speak the dialect of the old Canaanites who God used Israel to drive out of there. You have got to realize, as God uses Judah to do this thing in an hour of the miraculous, yes it is going to bring a drastic judgment effect on some Egyptian politicians and military men. But it is also going to cause the simple and honest in heart Egyptian to recognize that the hand of God is with the Judaean people. “In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the land of Egypt, (Can you find that now? No. As long as Egypt is under that Islamic spell they are not about to build an altar to the same God the Jews look to.) and a pillar at the border thereof to the Lord.” That should show us what is causing that to be like that. It is because Israel is moving into the era that it takes the miraculous hand of God to bring these things to pass. To some He is bringing judgment. At the same time He is bringing judgment to some people, others will have their eyes opened. I just have to say, Praise God! He knows what He is doing. You can come right on down through there and it will tell you exactly why: just notice, “And it shall be for a sign and for a witness unto the Lord of hosts in the land of Egypt: for they shall cry unto the Lord because of the oppressors, (Politicians, old Islamic fundamentalists who want to create a holy war, and Egypt has had some of these episodes in the past few months.) and He shall send them a Saviour, (which means the knowledge of the Messiah to be) and a great one, and He shall deliver them. And the Lord shall be known to Egypt, and the Egyptians shall know the Lord in that day, (This takes it right on into the Millennium) and shall do sacrifice and oblation; yea, they shall vow a vow unto the Lord, and perform it. And the Lord shall smite Egypt: He shall smite and heal it.” First He smites it with judgment, puts her in her place, strips them of the old Islamic religion and gives her the knowledge of the true God of Israel. God is doing two things at once. We have too many other scriptures here, so you will just have to read the rest of it. It tells about a highway. Keep in mind, the highway here is a literal highway. That is why I read from the Jerusalem Post, it has been approximately two and one half months now, Israel has sent to Egypt, maps of the Sinai. While they owned all the Sinai all the way to the Red Sea, before they gave up some of it. They explored, scientists and archaeologists, they discovered where certain deposits of mineral rights are. We will say potash and all that kind of things. She sent that to Egypt. Why? Because between the two countries, there is already plans for Egypt to bring a gas line into Israel, hooking up the gas lines, as well as electric lines. Then the future is, that there be a giant highway, like a super highway, like an interstate, all the way from Egypt to Israel. In the Jerusalem Post, it states that there is also plans for Syria. Even though Syria is a hostile nation against the Jewish state, yet on the other hand, monetary wise, and political wise, they are negotiating the process of building a super highway from Damascus into northern Israel. Think of it saints: even before there is a Millennium. Yet it tells you in the Bible that there will be a highway out of Egypt into Israel, and a highway into Syria that links these three nations together. You can read in the rest of this how God looks upon it.

JEWS IN BABYLON SINGING SONGS

Let us go to Babylon for a look at what the Jews have endured. We will take a look at the 137th Psalm. This picture becomes a beautiful thing. What is this 137th Psalm? It is a psalm of the Jews that have been taken from Judah by the last forces of King Nebuchadnezzar. They have been taken to Babylon. Most of them have been put in the fields to work as slaves. But the inspiration fell upon someone; and here is the results. “By the rivers of Babylon, there we sat down, yea, we wept, when we remembered Zion.” This psalm was not written 1000 B.C. This was not David’s psalm. This was written by someone sitting along the rivers of Babylon, someone that remembered when they were carried away. He picked up as the anointing struck him, there by the rivers of Babylon, the Euphrates. “We hanged our harps upon the willows in the midst thereof. (Listen to this.) For there they that carried us away captive required of us a song; and they that wasted us required of us mirth, saying, Sing us one of the songs of Zion.” Stick around. I believe Israel is going to sing one of those songs one of these days, and jump up and down and rejoice, because they will not be seeing Pharaoh at the Red Sea: They will be seeing the hand of their God performing the miraculous. “How shall we sing the Lord’s song in a strange land? If I forget thee, O Jerusalem, let my right hand forger her cunning. If I do not remember thee, let my tongue cleave to the roof of my mouth; if I prefer not Jerusalem above my chief joy. (Now listen to this next verse.) Remember, O Lord, the children of Edom in the day of Jerusalem; who said, Rase it! Rase it! even to the foundation thereof.” Whoever these Jews were, especially the one inspired under the anointing to come forth with this prophetic song, I believe in his mind he could remember how that bunch of Edomites would stand on the opposite hills watching the siege, jumping up and down, laughing, just waiting until it was all over so they could move in: Sort of like you see sometimes in these nature films, a lion will go out and kill a wild beast, and the hyenas are looking around. They want to get a bite of that carcass, but the lions are at the table. When the lions have finished, their tummies are full, they lick their chops and begin one by one to move away, they leave a carcass. Now the hyenas can come in. Other beasts will come in. That is exactly what the Edomites were doing. They stood on the opposite hills watching the siege, jumping up and down with great joy: It won’t be long until this land will be ours. They have been living there for two thousand years: getting more all the time. However while they have been living there, God would not let them till the land to very much advantage. When they till it, it does not grow much. On the other hand, when the Jews tills it, it grows bumper crops: because God said of old, when He would scatter the Jews, Then my land will rest. When it rested, it looked desolate. Just picture these Jews sitting there, slaves, servants in Babylon, being taunted: Sing us a song, entertain us. Well we are living in the 20th century. Let the world say that in 1998, or 1999: They are liable to get a song they do not want to listen to. It might be a song a lot greater than when Miriam led the daughters of Israel along the banks of the Red Sea, jumping up and down for joy, beating the tambourines and singing of how their God had destroyed the mighty in the waters, took away his wheels, took away his chariots and destroyed his horsemen. It is all in the Psalms. We do not know what psalms the Jews are likely to come out with when this miraculous hour begins to fall upon the world. Notice that verse says, Remember, O Lord, the children of Edom in the day of Jerusalem. That means when Jerusalem is to be restored and brought back from the many centuries of its desolate, run down, stinking state. God said, now is the time for her walls to be built. That is why Micah says in the days that thy walls are to be built, then will I do thus and so. To do that, we can say this, This is scriptural proof that of all these Arabs originally came out of Saudi Arabia, in the area of Midan, the area where Mohammad the prophet rose up in 627 A.D., and came on with his revelation, and by the time we come to the 10th and 11th century, Mohammad’s teaching had been spread through all this part of the world, even over into Africa, across the Mediterranean, into Greece, as we enter the era called the Crusades. That is why the European Crusaders went to the Middle East, to try to take the Bible land away from the Moslems. But in this we see, they sang of the prophecy, Remember the children of Edom. You are going to be spectators and watch the show. As I said, we stood here when that six day war was in progress; and Bro. Mayfield brought a radio and set it right over there so we could all hear what was being broadcast. When that six day war was going on, every few minutes a program was interrupted, bringing you the latest news from the Middle East. Word has just come through, Israel has taken another strategic point, on and on and on. On that sixth day the word came through, it is all over. The Jewish soldiers are standing at the Red Sea jumping up and down. Hallelujah! Looking at the Egyptians as they were going back to Cairo. Soldiers were at the western wall, jumping up and down, never again will this be like this. Down came the Jordanian flag and up went the Star of David, the first time it had been able to fly full mast without having to stand there with another one of different nations above it. That fulfilled the words of Jesus you read about in Luke, and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles until the time of the Gentiles be fulfilled. In June 1967 it was fulfilled. Yet there is certain aspects of it that have not been fulfilled yet. That is this, it is not yet been rebuilt. The Jews for some reason or other knew that if they tried to do anything while the Mosque of Omar is still standing there they would have the whole world coming down on them: You can’t do that: That is a holy place. Well the hour is fast approaching when that thing will be torn down; and when it is, however it comes about, just know for sure that the Arabs will never get a chance to rebuild it. The Jewish temple will soon stand where that first temple stood. However quick that is, I have to say, Whether it is because the Israeli leaders have a complete revolutionary bust up in their society, their government goes all to pieces, which necessitates another election, this situation going on there right now could actually bring the Israeli government to chaos. Something will have to happen, to get the Jewish leaders moving in the right direction because these prophecies cannot fail. If eventually there are more Jews that are anti peace, the way the leaders have went at it, In other words going anti prophecy, God could have allowed that to stir up the fervor of the zealous Jews who are ready to die, to see that not one inch of ground is sacrificed. It may take that; but if that is what it does take, rest assured it is God’s hand guiding the diplomatic process or procedure. The outcome is, God will see to it that the right kind of leaders go into office; and it will pick up, and in that day then, and it has never been yet, the governors of Judah shall be a terror to them round about. It means this whole entire Middle East world is suddenly going to become frightened. They cannot help but become frightened. Bro. Jackson, I don’t believe that. Stick around then: You will not have to wait very long to find out for sure. Do not forget, when you read in Numbers that Joshua sent the three spies over to spy out that city of Jericho, they slipped in during the daylight hours and somehow or other they ended up at Rahab the harlot’s house. They started asking her questions. Would you tell us, could you describe to us how did you people feel here in Jericho when you heard about our fathers and our people when we crossed the Red Sea several years ago? I can hear Rahab say to those men, Oh, there was nothing like it. When that news reached us, there was a bunch of camel traders from Ethiopia came passing through here. They stopped here and stayed for a week. They told us there was a bunch of people on the way. They do not plant gardens, they said. They left Egypt. They have quail to eat at night, and they have manna to eat at morning. The God of that bunch of people destroyed the whole Egyptian army. Saints, I am just trying to dramatize the setting of that event. They got this information somehow. You know they did not have ABC, CBS and NBC back then. All they had was caravans of camel traders who carried the news. Who else was interested in this episode? Who was even concerned about it? Anyhow she said, Our heart’s did melt within us. Listen to me brothers and sisters, When the fear of God comes upon a people and their hearts melt, they begin to shake and sweat. The world is going to get another opportunity to go through that same kind of feeling before very much longer. That is why it says in Micah, (5:15) “And I will execute vengeance in anger and fury upon the heathen, such as they have not heard.” However the word heathen, is not pointing to that bush man of Africa coming out of an adobe mud hut. No saints, Look at this bunch of educated big shots that can put spacecraft on the moon, if you want to see modern day heathen the way God sees them. Watch him come out of his subway tunnels. He is trying to find as deep a hole as he can to get away from the hand of God. He is scared. I have to say, God is going to laugh at this modern bunch of Americans, who have been given an opportunity by God to exemplify Him in centuries past, (and there were those that did respect and honor Him) but have now turned to science for their answers, instead of looking in the Bible. At one time we were a nation that did honor God. It did not matter whether we had muzzle loading rifles, obsolete swords, or what, as long as our people were praying people they were God fearing people, and were people that respected God’s moral laws, they may not have known as much as people know now; but at least they put the Creator first in everything and He blessed their endeavors. It affected societies to the extent that for centuries our nation was preserved. God lifted us from muzzle loading rifles, to become a nation that invented some of the most sophisticated kill power the world has ever heard of. When I think of those helicopters that were used in the Gulf War, I have to stand in awe at what God has allowed mankind to achieve in this generation. They could locate those enemy forces no matter how they tried to hide themselves. I remember this one helicopter crew had spotted a bunker that four hundred and some odd men were in; and they dropped some pamphlets down to them, saying, Come out and surrender and we will not hurt you; but if you do not come out we will blow you to pieces, something like that. It was just a hunk of iron hanging out there in the air; but it had a rocket hanging under it that was capable of doing exactly that; and a guiding system that was capable of sending that thing right through their front door. I tell you, If God watched over our efforts then, to see that our mechanisms worked like they were expected to, then what do you expect Him to do when Israel has some of those same things, and they have modified them to make them even more suitable for desert warfare? God will magnify all of their efforts ten times over. No wonder Numbers said He shall do valiantly. Where? In the desert, in warfare. But when that time comes they will have politicians in the Knesset that will not hesitate to give the military men the go ahead, saying, It is your war: fight it; and may God bless you. Bro. Jackson, you make it sound ferocious. It is! Just stick around awhile and you will see first hand. This Bible is going to talk to you. There are things coming out of this book that is going to make religious leaders swallow their Adam’s apple, so to speak; because they have reduced God to a level where in their mind’s they can only see Him as a loving God that will not hurt anyone. Well I have news for such people: He is still a God of wrath: when it comes to protecting His chosen people from their oppressors. That is why I have said, Just the fact that you may know Hebrew and Greek, does not necessarily teach you anything: unless that happens to be your dialect. No matter what dialect you speak, if you do not allow the Spirit of God to speak to you out of His book your worldly knowledge is vain. In the end, it is only the purpose of God that will be important. Every other thing will be burned up.

THREE TRIBES FACE THE SAME FATE

Let us go to Jeremiah 48, for our next reading. In Ezekiel 35, that prophet spoke of the judgment of Mt. Seir, which we know is the Edomites; but here in this prophecy by Jeremiah, which was given at the time of the siege, Jeremiah could see what all these Arab tribes across the river had done; and how they looked upon the situation. Jeremiah could see how the Edomites, the Moabites and the Ammonites were conducting themselves. Therefore he put all three of these Arab tribes in the same lineup. Start in the 46th verse of the 48th chapter. “Woe be unto thee, O Moab! the people of Chemosh perisheth: for thy sons are taken captives, and thy daughters captives. Yet will I bring again the captivity of Moab in the latter days, saith the Lord. Thus far is the judgment of Moab.” That goes right along with Numbers 24 and all these others we have read. In the 49th chapter we cross over to the Ammonites, so notice what it says. “Concerning the Ammonites, thus saith the Lord; Hath Israel no sons? hath he no heir? why then doth their king inherit Gad, (Hallelujah! That is a territory right over here where the tribe of Gad existed. It is on this side of the river.) and his people dwell in his cities? Therefore, behold, the days come, saith the Lord, that I will cause an alarm of war to be heard in Rabbah of the Ammonites; and it shall be a desolate heap, and her daughters shall be burned with fire: then shall Israel be heir unto them that were his heirs, saith the Lord.” I could go on and read it all; but you can read the rest of it later, and you should; but now we want to go to what is written about Edom, starting in verse 7. “Concerning Edom, thus saith the Lord of hosts; Is wisdom no more in Teman? is counsel perished from the prudent? is their wisdom vanished? Flee ye, turn back, dwell deep, O inhabitants of Dedan; for I will bring the calamity of Esau upon him, the time that I will visit him. If grapegatherers come to thee, would they not leave some gleaning grapes? if thieves by night, they will destroy till they have enough. But I have made Esau bare, I have uncovered his secret places, and he shall not be able to hide himself: his seed is spoiled, and his brethren, and his neighbours, and he is not.” What does that all add up to? God has a dislike for this bunch of Arabs, no matter what the world at large may say about it. That is why it is their descendants from this side that live over here today that is creating all the trouble, causing all the fussing and squabbling. The rest of the world is saying to the Jews, But you have to live peaceably with the Arabs: they were here first: It is really their land. You have to be willing to share it with them. It is not their land! They were not there first! God (that owns everything) gave all of that land to Abraham and his descendants that would come through Isaac, the promised seed; and those Arabs are trespassers in the sight of God. When the time comes for Israel to once again have it all, God will have no mercy on anyone who resists them. They are not going to share it with the Arabs after that. God is just being merciful to the world right now: He has let the world have their say so. That is why when we go to Zechariah 12, and read of what it will be like when the miraculous is in effect, God says, In that day I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling. Meaning the time has come, Jerusalem is going to become a focal point. Oh yes. We are going to decide who lives in it, who inhabits it, who is going to control it and whose city it is. As we have pointed out, right now three fourths of its inhabitants are Arabs. They are wanting all the Jews to get out and leave it to them: They have already said so. No sooner did they sign that thing last fall and Arafat’s lieutenant said, The Jews may not know it; but they are going to get out of Jerusalem. When I read that, I said, So you say: But God has said something different about that, and I will take His word for it. In that day I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling. A cup of trembling to who? To them round about: Those who have terrorized the Jews for the last forty some years. In other words, You bunch of Arabs, come on: Come on and get crazy, get blood thirsty. Get yourself worked up just like they did in Mt. Carmel, when Elijah said, Go ahead and call upon your god first. I give you the first opportunity. In other words, you draw first. Go on, draw. They cut their hands, they slashed themselves, they drank and screamed and cried until almost sunset. In my opinion, they were already hoarse. Not one thing had happened. Finally Elijah said, Fill four barrels with water and pour it upon the sacrifice. Then he had them do it twice more, until everything on and around the altar was soaking wet: Then he called upon the great God that had led him this far; and fire came down and consumed everything on the altar, even the stones. Elijah did not have to slash his wrists nor jump up and down on the altar: He just simply uttered a few words of prayer to the God that was able to hear such a prayer and the rest was soon to be history. I have to tell you, God will always give the opposition an opportunity to do whatever is in their heart’s to do: Then He does whatever it takes to move His plan and purpose forward. Let us again notice the 12th chapter of Zechariah, concerning another category of people. Verse 2, which we just spoke of, declares that God will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all the people round about; but let us read a couple more verses with that verse and get the whole picture. (2) “Behold, I will make Jerusalem a cup of trembling unto all the people round about, when they shall be in the siege both against Judah and against Jerusalem. (3) And in that day will I make Jerusalem a burdensome stone for all people: all that burden themselves with it shall be cut in pieces, though all the people of the earth be gathered together against it. (4) In that day, saith the Lord, I will smite every horse with astonishment, and his rider with madness: and I will open mine eyes upon the house of Judah, and will smite every horse of the people with blindness.” That covers all those who become involved with the affairs of Israel through a process on the diplomatic table. That is the U.N. When the U.N. starts sticking their nose in, to try to help out this bunch of Arabs over here, to get their problems solved, then there is going to be trouble. I sometimes like to say, There is going to be trouble in the chicken house. I can actually say it in a humorous way, because it is so much like Elijah, up there on Mt. Carmel saying, Go on, scream a little louder: Maybe your god has gone to sleep, or maybe he is on a journey somewhere. When the hour has come, God begins to talk to western leaders, Come on, come on, what do you say we ought to do with Jerusalem? Come on, make a suggestion. God said, though the whole world, though all the nations of the earth be gathered together against it, that is not all the world’s armies looking at her: It is all the world’s diplomatic secretaries and heads of state sending their peace envoys over there, trying to solve the Middle East problem. God says, Come on, what do you say Britain, come on France, the Netherlands, Germany, come on, cast your lot, cast your vote. Then God said, Though all the nations of the earth be gathered together against Jerusalem, I will break them to pieces. If any of you can remember how it was back there in the 1967 war Israel fought with the Arabs, it will give you a little insight on how it will be again very soon. That was twenty some years ago; and I realize some of you young folks were not even born then; but you can still go dig out some of the old Newspapers, or other records of history and read about it. Anyhow your hour is coming. You will see first hand, how God causes Israel to excel and do valiantly in battle. I pray that we will all have our eyes open and our ears unstopped. When God brings Israel into that interval of time, I believe from the time that verse sets in motion wherein the miraculous begins to be displayed, until that week of Daniel goes into effect, time is not going to be very long. I believe the little bride of Jesus Christ is also going to be dealt with by the Spirit of God from the standpoint of the miraculous. It is the way the Spirit of God is taking the people, putting them together, dressing them up and getting them ready to leave this world, that makes it even more evident that the time is short. It will not take very long time wise, for the fulfillment of these prophecies we have been looking at; and when they are fulfilled, that will not leave much to be fulfilled before Jesus comes for His bride Church. We cannot shorten the time for the total fulfillment of Ezekiel 38 and 39; but even still, seven years is not very long. I would say we are looking at a scope of time of not more than about ten years. People jump to all kinds of conclusions when you speak of a time factor for something like this; but saints, there is no reason for alarm: just as long as we do not try to pin it down to a day and hour and go contrary to the written word of God. We are simply looking at what God Himself has given us to look at. What we are looking at, to me, is absolutely a Biblical yardstick of measurement of time, that God, through His grace, has gave to us as human individuals to look at, and be guided by. If we cannot understand what the Bible says concerning the closing out of the time we are living in, and how to look at a generation, and a season of time in relationship to certain prophecies that are dropping in place, then it would not do us one bit of good to expect God to speak to us in a prophetical manner by the thunders. If we cannot understand that which is written, how would we understand something that is not yet written? May God be praised! He is the time keeper.

WE CAN ONLY SEE WHAT GOD SHOWS US

In the light of what has happened in the Middle East, especially the signing of this peace agreement with the PLO, a lot of people are made to believe this will affect prophecy of the scriptures: In other words hinder God. No saints. Nothing is going to hinder God: He has a time frame for everything that has been written in prophecy large and small. I personally, have not felt that any of this delays anything God has purposed to do. He just allows mankind to have an opportunity to try to work out some things their way, so that when their efforts fail, they have no justifiable reason to blame Him. Prophecy is not jeopardized: You can count on that. From one standpoint it sort of looked like it would be; but from another standpoint we have to realize God has it all in His hand and He knows what He is doing. Let us go back and once again read our main text for this message. Micah 7:11-17, is what we started with. To me, the hour we are living in stands out so vividly, because it lets us know there is a point in time when God becomes concerned about a specific thing; and that is the old city of Jerusalem and the temple. It starts in the 11th verse like this, “In the day that thy walls are to be built, (meaning Jerusalem and the temple) in that day shall the decree be far removed. (Meaning what God has spoken in ancient times concerning the Jews, how He would scatter them to the ends of the world, but in the last days He would gather them back, but now as He is bringing them back, there has to be a point in time where their chastisement and His dealing with them in severity definitely comes to an end. He then starts dealing with them in a blessing fashion.) (12) In that day also he shall come even to thee from Assyria, and from the fortified cities, and from the fortress even to the river, and from sea to sea, and from mountain to mountain. (Meaning every Jew that God has His eye on, no matter where they are, nor how remote and isolated the places may be, God has their name, and their number; and He knows exactly when and how to bring them home.) (13) Notwithstanding the land shall be desolate because of them that dwell therein, for the fruit of their doings. (This verse lets us know that God is speaking in behalf of the Arab people: how they have treated the land.) (14) Feed thy people with thy rod, the flock of thine heritage, which dwell solitarily in the wood, in the midst of Carmel: let them feed in Bashan and Gilead, as in the days of old. (15) According to the days of thy coming out of the land of Egypt (God is giving us a background, showing us that He intends to do something in a specific manner.) will I shew unto him marvelous things. (16) The nations (That is us.) shall see and be confounded at all their might: they shall lay their hand upon their mouth, their ears shall be deaf. (17) They shall lick the dust like a serpent, they shall move out of their holes like worms of the earth: they shall be afraid of the Lord our God, and shall fear because of thee.” Saints, that is a promise, it is a prophecy, and it cannot fail. As we look at that promise, then we can ask ourselves this question, In the light of what we are going to read, are we really close to this hour? As we preached this same message, giving it another title, Looking Through Windows of Prophecy, to the end, we realize from the year 1939 when WW2 was set in motion, that began the dealings of God with a people in Europe to the eventual purpose of bringing them back into the land. Many years have come and gone since then; but when we reach here, we have to realize, from here on is the era of the miraculous; and it will remain so right on into the week of Daniel. Once the miraculous starts, everything will move right along until the whole picture is complete. There will be no more long intervals in between events like it has been in the past. God has reserved this until the end because right here, is where He begins to reveal His power, to the intent that there are certain things in the world of human society that God wants to accomplish in peoples personal attitude’s as to how they look at God. When we live in an hour of atheism, with professors of all kinds of high tech ideas, and high minded scientists, whose minds are locked up in scientific findings and all that kind of things, you would have to think the world has completely forgotten about God: lost all contact with Him altogether. Yet God has a way of getting attention. I read in the Jerusalem Post, that Prime Minister Yitzhak Rabin has vehemently denounced a call by Jewish rabbis, (Three national rabbis, have announced to all IDF soldiers, meaning Israeli Defense Forces, that they should not take any active part in seeking to oust any Jew from the settlements in any of these negotiated areas. He is the guy that promoted this peace plan; So he has denounced a call by these rabbis for IDF soldiers to disobey any orders given them to evacuate Jewish settlers from Hebron, or elsewhere, terming it political incitement. These three leading rabbis from the national religious camp reiterated a ruling issued last year instructing soldiers on how to act if they received orders to evacuate Jewish settlers. You must refuse it like you would refuse an order to eat pork. There is a lot more to it. This whole thing will definitely all hinge around Jerusalem. That is the spot all of this points to. I also have a Jewish paper evidently printed in the Louisville area. This is about the Jerusalem problem. The U.N. has endorsed another resolution, and in this article, the Jewish organizations from the world over are condemning the United States for even standing in the U.N. and allowing this thing to go through. The mayor of Jerusalem, members of congress and nearly every major American Jewish organization have weighed in with immediate criticism of U.N. Security Council resolution 280. Jerusalem’s mayor sent a letter to President Clinton expressing shock and disappointment that the U.S. government did not veto the U.N. resolution. The letter which was released on Sunday stated, This resolution which is intended to entice the PLO back to the negotiating table, will in fact create serious obstacles in the peace process by raising false and unrealistic expectations on the part of the Palestinians regarding the future of Jerusalem. The people of Israel will refuse to support any move that raises doubts as to the status of Jerusalem, as the united capital of the state of Israel. It goes on and, there is a lengthy article concerning the whole thing. There are many more different leaders speaking out against this. In here it says, When you try to move the Jewish settlements, then the Jews will be coming off the walls at you, from every angle. Reading that, makes you feel like we could be getting close to something. Keep in mind, it is not just keeping the Gaza Strip, it is not just keeping the Jericho area. That is not the final point. That is just a beginning thing the PLO’s are trying to use, because they feel like if they get Israel to consent to that, then they have a right to demand that the Jews also get out of Jerusalem. Why? Because Jerusalem is the focal point. These other areas are just stepping stones to what the PLO’s are really after. In other words they know, If Israel would not give up Jericho and Gaza, they would certainly not give up Jerusalem; but if they can put the pressure on and create enough disturbance to get the leaders of Israel to negotiate, and agree to this first proposal, that will give them an opportunity to put the pressure on for other compromises also. That is why I have to believe, that when this thing has all come to its final determination the Jews will be keeping these areas also. In the light of what we are using for our text, we have to come to the conclusion that all of this is just setting the stage for greater things yet to come. Remember, God has said, According to the days of thy coming out of Egypt, Thus and so. Meaning what? Well for one thing, It points to former days of the miraculous power of God working on behalf of fulfilling His promise to Abraham. It was days of disappointments, trials, severe pressure and tests and all such like; but through each one of these episodes there was the miraculous. The miraculous was the means by how Israel was brought another step forward in their journey toward the land of promise. In this likewise, since we are living in the last days, and the whole world is watching this scene, God has it all programmed to attract maximum attention from the world at large. God has watched how the world has gone in the past number of years while He has been slowly restoring a little element of people back to one of the smallest spots on earth, a place no larger than the state of Vermont. In the eyes of the world that is just a small speck; but when we look into the scriptures and see how God has promised that the twelve tribes of Israel would all be brought back and inhabit the land according to their former estates, it becomes very large in the eyes of those who believe God will fulfill all that He has promised. It excites me: because I know what will soon follow all of that; and that is what I am waiting for: the chance to be with Jesus. Therefore let us look at this, realizing that we are moving toward the consummation of this present age. We know the world, as the end approaches, will initiate a time we refer to as the seventieth week of Daniel. In that week, the last half of it which is 3 1/2 years, there will be a time of trouble such as the world has never known before, called “the great tribulation. It is going to be a time of trouble such as the world has never had before and never will have again after it. We also believe that as we are approaching that period of time spoken of in Hosea 6:2, that says, After two days He will revive us, and we have to believe that these two days, which are two thousand years, are also running parallel to calendar time and will come together somewhere around 2000 A.D., which is just ahead of us. According to our best calculations, Hosea 6:2 runs out just about four and one half years beyond the year 2000. That is why I said, We are looking at a span of time of about ten years, or maybe twelve years if we want to stretch it: to a drastic change from what we have known in the past. Why do you say that Bro. Jackson? Because even though I am persuaded that God means for the bride Church to know the season for this change, I am never going to be guilty of trying to pin it down to an exact time: Not even any certain month. I know we have people in this world that will say, Well if you can get within a month Bro. Jackson, surely we ought to be able to get within a week. Listen to what I am saying, Why should we even try? I am just thankful to be allowed to see that we are living in a season that according to the scriptures, lets me know Jesus is soon coming. We are living in a generation that Jesus said would see the end of all these prophecies we have been looking at. There is no guess work about, if we believe this Bible is truly the inspired word of God. Through the past number of years there has been so many people set dates and times for certain events, and none of them have been vindicated; and the people who set those dates are still here and do not even make any attempt to apologize for misleading other souls. I have observed that there are very few people alive today, that can keep their head’s balanced when they are looking at anything in the way of prophecy of the scriptures. If we cannot be content just to be allowed to see that we are living in a generation, (and in the season Jesus spoke of) which would not pass away until all those things they were looking at would be fulfilled, what is it going to take to comfort us? What else would God have to do? I am thankful to God, just to be allowed to see what we do see. I know that as we get closer to the end, you are going to hear some of the most crazy calculations put together that human mind’s are capable of; and I do not want to be part of any such foolishness. I do want to be part of a generation and people that realize they are living in the season of the coming of the Lord. If we are approaching that, and I truly believe we are because all signs are pointing to the fact that God is looking toward Jerusalem, we need to get serious about our preparation to meet the Lord. He knows what is going on in the Gaza Strip. He knows exactly what is going on in the Jericho area: But I believe the focal point is Jerusalem. I cannot ignore the fact that the Bible says those Arabs are to be far removed from there. But if they are to be far removed, then there has to be a reason for them to be removed. The Jewish people are not to feel condemnation and guilt on their part, when they drive those troublemakers from their presence; so to me, that says those Arabs are going to do something that necessitates such an action. At least God has, in mercy and grace, allowed world leaders to throw in their carnal application; but all of that will wind up as nothing before it is all concluded. At least God is not guilty of failing to give them a chance. God can say, I gave you an opportunity and what did you do with it? You ruined it every time: because of your selfish, carnal ways. Not everyone will see this situation the way we are presenting it; but I believe the Bible vindicates every bit of it. The God we serve is a righteous God; and He has been long suffering all these many centuries in allowing unrighteous mankind an opportunity to enter into His plan of redemption and restoration; but there eventually has to be an end to what He allows His enemies to do in resisting His ultimate goal; and I truly believe we are fast approaching that time. He already knows the name of every individual that will ever believe and surrender up to His perfect plan of righteousness; so He is not going to cut it off prematurely; but neither will he be one day late: He has it worked out to perfection.

SOME JUDAEAN JEWS YET TO COME HOME

Let us go back to the 49th chapter of Isaiah. I know there are some who are more interested in some particular ball team than they are in what is happening in the Middle East; but I am more interested in what is going on in the Middle East; because that is what the Bible gives us to measure time by. I could not care less about these basketball players and how many games they win. When God spoke here concerning the rebuilding of Jerusalem, it goes with the 60th chapter. That is why we have to look at them together: They go hand in hand. Once the era of the miraculous is set in motion, then the ultimate aim is, Jerusalem is to be rebuilt and become inhabited by Judaean Jews. There is no doubt that there is still another element of Judaean Jews scattered out here in the world that are yet to be brought in. It is going to take the miraculous to cause the heart of those Jews to become spiritually drawn to the fact that they belong back there in the land of their forefathers. They are definitely Jews that are of the kindred line of King David. Why that, Bro. Jackson? All because back in ancient times when King David took the city of the Jebusites, it was not a large city. In the eyes of the world today, we would call it a village. However it became known for a long time as King David’s city. He built a palace there. It was the area God showed him, and the area where the first temple was built by his son, Solomon. It was mainly people of his own lineage, of his family heritage, that settled in and around there. So as we read this prophecy, let us keep in mind the fact that we are living in 1994. We could be a year away, two years away, or even three years away from the starting of this process of the miraculous; but I have to say, Once all these prophecies that we have been dwelling on, looking at the miraculous, start falling into place, it will not take a long time to wrap up the whole thing. I have them all set down here together so you can look at them again later. There are eight prophecies in this group, speaking of what Israel must do to the land of Jordan and so forth. Here they are. Numbers 24, Zephaniah 2:8-11, Isaiah 11:12-14, Jeremiah 48 & 49, Obadiah 1:10, Amos 9:11-12, Isaiah 19, and Zechariah 12. All these prophecies are speaking of what God is going to let Israel do to the Edomites, the Moabites and the Ammonites in the last days. That is in this area right here. (pointing to chart) That land definitely belongs to Israel. In ancient times there never was a country called Jordan. There were certain tribes, Reuben, Gad, Benjamin, and those that lived over there. There was the Edomites in the south, the Moabites right next to them, then the Ammonites up along here. The rest of it was the children of Israel. It has to return to that same structural division. That is why in Isaiah it says, “And the Ammonites will serve Israel.” There is no doubt once God turns Israel loose to sweep across this land to fulfill all these prophecies, (This is not eight applications. It is eight prophecies all stacked on top of each other, of what God through Israel will do to these people in the last days, that sets in motion the era of the miraculous.) it is more than just the fact that God wants to show the world how Israel can fight a war. It is how God display His power in it all, that gets the attention of a lot of people in this world; because there is something in the heart’s of a lot of those people that God wants to use. Also let me say this, No doubt when Israel does this, she will know that she will definitely have to deal with that country of Iraq also; because when God led Abraham into this land, He took him up on a high mountain to view the land He was giving him. He said He would let him have all the land from the great river, (which meant the Euphrates) right through here to the great river of Egypt; and to the great sea and as far as his eyes could see to the east. With that before her, Israel has an objective; but right now the world, in all its political, organized status, causes this to look like it is totally blocked. Yet I say, What better hour in time could the unbelieving man of the world live, than an hour like this? We have science on our side, they say. We have the military on our side. We have the high tech means of choking the life out of Israel any time she gets too hard to deal with. That is just what they think: That is not the way it is going to be. When the whole world begins to think like that, What better hour could God choose to say to them, Come here, I want to teach you something. Always remember, when He led the children of Israel out of Egypt, He did not take them the old caravan route along the coast. He took them right straight across the desert to the Red Sea, an unknown way. There He did the miraculous. Just remember, with that hour approaching, when God will again lead Israel in that way, we would have to know we are living in that transition period, as we watch the hand of God, through politicians, create confusion and disarray, getting the stage set for the big show. The Arabs are against the Jews, no matter what some may hope for. The Jews are against the Arabs. Therefore as this thing explodes, there is no doubt we are going to hear of some terrible atrocities and all kinds of upheavals in social structures, and yes, even of many innocent people losing their lives in the transition of this thing. Something drastic has definitely got to take place there, to cause certain politicians to be projected to the forefront in Israel’s leadership. Isaiah 11, and Zechariah 12, are two prophecies that speak of how the leaders in Israel in the last days would be; and those in leadership at this present time do not fit the description. Isaiah 11, says Israel will be a terror to those round about. She has never yet fulfilled that. Then Zechariah 12 says the governors of Judaea will be like a torch in a pile of wood. When you begin to read those scriptures, you are made to realize that Israel does not presently have politicians that would fill the bill for that time. She has not had any such men in office for sometime now. Rabin and Peres stand ready to sell out, completely disregarding prophecies of the scriptures. Peace at any cost, seems to be their motto. Well it is not always going to stay like that. If there is going to be leaders of Israel in that day, that are going to put their trust completely in their God, it would take a great stretch of one’s imagination to visualize Rabin and Peres sitting in such a place. When you read Zechariah 12, it speaks like this, (5) “And the governors of Judah shall say in their heart, The inhabitants of Jerusalem shall be my strength in the Lord of hosts their God. (6) In that day will I make the governors of Judah like an hearth of fire among the wood, and like a torch of fire in a sheaf; and they shall devour all the people round about, on the right hand and on the left: and Jerusalem shall be inhabited again in her own place, even in Jerusalem.” That lets you see that the leaders of Israel in that hour realize that Jerusalem is to be rebuilt to prepare to receive their Messiah; and to prepare for the Millennium. (That is what we call it: they are looking for that kingdom age.) For that reason, they are going to put their trust in God, knowing full well that He will protect the inhabitants of Jerusalem in that day. He has His eye on Jerusalem. All these prophecies are zeroing their sights on a focal point. As we read here in Isaiah, the prophecy is how the anointing of God’s Spirit speaks on behalf of the land itself, Mt. Zion, where that ancient city is existing. I am going to start reading in the 11th verse of chapter 49. “And I will make all my mountains a way, and my highways shall be exalted.” That is symbolic language, which means this, When the hour has arrived that God is ready for the city to be rebuilt and inhabited by Jewish people, He is able to go into the nations where those people are, move upon them in a way to cause them to want to go home; and then cause them to find their way from where they are, back to Jerusalem. Highways in this sense, does not mean God is going to be building more super highways across the world just for that purpose. It is how His miraculous power breaks down political opposition and hindrances that have stood in the way through these many years, (like in Russia in the past) and cause them to be at liberty to return to the land of their father’s. We know how Russia has stood against this thing of Jews immigrating back to Israel. More than anything else, it was because of the Arabs putting pressure on them, saying, Do not let any more of them come back here; but when God knocked that wall down, there was nothing they could do about it. On the other hand, when we come to this future junction, God is dealing with a specific element of Jews that must be dealt with in a certain way, in order to fulfill a certain development. Notice verses 12 and 13. “Behold, these shall come from far: and, lo, these from the north and from the west; and these from the land of Sinim. (China) Sing, O heavens; and be joyful, O earth; and break forth into singing, O mountains: for the Lord hath comforted His people, and will have mercy upon His afflicted.” I have to believe the world has seen that. But now the prophecy sounds like the land itself, Mt. Zion, is beginning to doubt. Listen. “But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me. (The Lord answers back.) Can a woman forget her sucking child, that she should not have compassion on the son of her womb? yea, they may forget, yet will I not forget thee.” So even the Jew today that would dare to read the prophecies of his prophet, and yet have doubt in their hearts as to the reality, how soon this might be, I believe the hour is approaching he is going to have to realize, and God is going to show the Jewish people that it is going to take this to open their eyes, their hearts, and to encourage them. I have not brought you back here just to make you a racial state and to set you up in business so you can make more dollars, and so you can till the land six days. Then in order to keep the Levitical law the land is supposed to rest the seventh, you rent it to an Arab so he can go ahead and till it through that year. That is what caused Israel to be thrown out of the land for a long time, and she still comes back with a lot of that same old carry over. Therefore we can see that there is a reason why God has to deal with the Jews in certain ways like that. God promises here, “Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; (In this prophecy God is looking at old Jerusalem.) thy walls are continually before me.” It is true when we read in Ezekiel 38 and 39 about the time when Russia is to come into this prophetic fulfillment, she will come down to a land of unwalled villages, villages that no longer have bars nor gates: a time when God says, My people Israel dwells safely. That is true, but keep in mind this old ancient city of Jerusalem, there is going to be walls rebuilt because the city itself has to take on its ancient appearance. We might say this, God wants the world to know this has been His focal point for centuries. Here is where He unfolded His plan of redemption to the whole wide world. Here is where the King of kings and Lord of lords is going to sit during that thousand year reign. The walls around the old city in that hour of time are not for military protection; and they do not affect the accuracy of this prophecy in the least, if you know how to read it. Does the Bible not say, In that day thy walls shall be called salvation? It sets a compound type. In ancient types it was physical salvation they enjoyed when they could get inside those walls. They felt safe. That is what they were for; but in the future setting the walls take on a different meaning. They will no longer be used for military protection; but they do definitely stand as a type; and it is written of them, In that day thy walls shall be called salvation; and thy gates shall be called praise. Looking at the 17th verse, you see that the hour has arrived; God is looking at Jerusalem. The world right now is saying to the Jew, you must get out. As the Jews in the Gaza Strip settlements get out, the Jews in the Jericho settlements get out, the Jews in the Golan Heights settlements get out, then the Jews that have moved into the old sector of Jerusalem to set up their habitation are hearing, You have to get out too. No. No. To me, Jerusalem is a focal point. That is why God has saved it to deal with last; simply because, once the miraculous starts, it will not stop until the world has been ushered into that seventieth week of Daniel. “Thy children shall make haste; (That means the Jews of the heritage of David that are to be the ones that will become the occupants of this city in that hour of renewal, will make haste and come; but if they are to make haste, it is not because of pressure out there, but rather because of the miraculous they have been witnessing. A spirit of excitement will begin to move upon them and make them want to hurry back there to be partakers of the benefits.) thy destroyers (those that have lived there for centuries) and they that made thee waste shall go forth of thee. Lift up thine eyes round about, (The Lord says this to old Jerusalem as that hour approaches.) and behold: all these gather themselves together, and come to thee. As I live, saith the Lord, thou shalt surely (He is speaking to old Jerusalem) clothe thee with them all, (Jews) as with an ornament, and bind them on thee, as a bride doeth. For thy waste (Here is the second time He mentions it. and thy desolate places, and the land of thy destruction, shall even now be too narrow by reason of the inhabitants,) (That is the Arabs.) and they that swallowed thee up shall be far away.” That plainly tells us that as the Arab, the PLO, through this present peace process they have negotiated, have set a demand that all these Jews get out of this occupied territory. To think that Rabin has willingly sold the nation down the drain to retreat and compromise. You can see what a disappointment it is going to be, when the same people that are now demanding that the Jews give up and get out, are the ones themselves who are going to be hauled away, never again to return as residents. Whatever they wanted the Jew to suffer, that is what they themselves are going to suffer. That is what all these many prophecies add up to. As the Edomites and Moabites and all those stood on the other side and watched Jerusalem and the Jews in those sieges of Nebuchadnezzar, shouting, Tear down, take her to the foundation, God was watching; and it is just about pay back time. Then those Jews, years later in Babylon, as we read in the 137th Psalm, sang, We hung our harps on the willow trees; and those Babylonians taunted and teased them, saying, Come on Jews, sing us one of your songs of Zion. Make us feel happy. Their reply was, How could we sing the songs of Zion when we consider Jerusalem. O Lord, remember the children of Edom in the days of Jerusalem. You just have to put the picture together. There is no doubt God is allowing these Arabs to rise up with hostility, with world favoritism on their side, to set the agenda to really put the Jews under pressure; but then, as God opens that hour of the miraculous, this whole picture is going to take a complete change. Once this thing is in full swing, these words fit into the picture. (49:20) “The children which thou shalt have, after thou hast lost the other, (meaning those in ancient times) shall say again in thine ears, The place is too strait for me: give place to me that I may dwell.” As we read this, I want to remind you that in Zechariah 10, there is another prophecy about the second move. In Zechariah 10 God said He would visit the house of Judah first; and afterward He would bring Joseph or Ephraim. Together they would become a mighty man.

Looking Through Windows of Prophecy, Part 3

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

Rev. Raymond M Jackson

CONTINUING ON WITH OUR LOOK THROUGH THESE WINDOWS OF PROPHECY, WE HAVE SOME OTHER PROPHECIES TO LOOK AT; SO LET US GIVE OUR ATTENTION TO WHAT THE SPIRIT OF GOD HAS ALLOWED US TO SEE HERE AT THE END OF THE AGE.


LOOKING AT A BIBLE PICTURE


In Ezekiel 38:9, it says, (speaking of Gog, or Russia) “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee.” When will that take place? When Israel is finally dwelling safely in their unwalled villages. When God turns Israel loose to fulfill Numbers 24, Zephaniah 2:8-11 and Jeremiah 48:47, it will not take Israel six months to make that giant military sweep. She will sweep across this land in question. I have to believe, when God moves upon her to do so, she will probably not stop until she has gone completely to the Euphrates. That takes you right back to Genesis, where God promised Abraham that this would be one of their borders. Not that the Jews will want to destroy the Iraqi people, but they will certainly want to destroy that spirit that has been leading them, and teach them a lesson. They are not going to destroy the Ammonite people, nor the Moabite people, nor the Edomites. They are just going to destroy their ability to be a little nation within themselves to create trouble. When God uses Israel to take that Islamic religion away from them, they are going to stop that Allah chant and start praying to Jehovah, just as the Jew do. That is how you have to see this thing. Israel, by that military sweep, will have stretched her borders right exactly where God wants them. When those Arabs get over the shock and psychological effect this will have on them, I cannot help but believe that the News Media in the west will begin to interview Sheik This and Sheik That, King This and King That, and report to the world that a strange thing has happened. I can just hear them now: What is your opinion about what has just happened? If we look at it right, they are going to say, God is with the Jews. We now believe the promise of God to Abraham was to come through Isaac, not Ishmael. If we can see these prophecies in the right light, we will have to come to the conclusion that as God uses Israel in a war that surely must be close at hand, and they do valiantly on the field of battle, and the outcome is that she again presses her borders to the limits set by the Creator so very long ago, her closest enemies will be put to rest. Not necessarily to sleep in the grave: though I am sure many of them will end up that way; but surely the fight will have been taken out of them. They will have a new outlook toward the Jews after that. They can then begin to sympathetically align their hearts and their attitudes toward the Israeli cause. I am going to show you something in the scriptures again at this time, that will enable you to see what I am looking at. To this point in time, all of those little Israeli settlements are behind chain link fences with gates; but I want to read something to you from Ezekiel 36. This is the chapter that brings out how God will restore them according to their former estates. However what I want you to notice is that in the process of restoring them, here is a picture that brings out how we have viewed Israel through the years coming up to this point. We are starting in verse 34, “And the desolate land shall be tilled, (I have lived to see that take place.) whereas it lay desolate in the sight of all that passed by.” The plains of Megiddo, in the valley of Jezreel, for centuries, was a wilderness, then a swamp. Crocodile were found there. However after the turn of the century, after the Jews began to go back there, they brought the Eucalyptus tree from Australia, and as they purchased certain areas within this wasteland they set out the Eucalyptus trees and their roots broke the hard crust, causing the swamp to disappear. There are no crocodile out there now. Rice, wheat, barley, oats, cotton and all such like are growing in that same region today. (35) “And they shall say, This land that was desolate has become like the Garden of Eden; and the waste and desolate and ruined cities are become fenced, and are inhabited.” Why were they fenced? Because they have had an enemy for forty some years that had to be kept out. Those fences were not installed there to keep stray cows out of town. They were to keep the guerrillas out of town. In many places they had certain areas mined, in the perimeter around town. Anyhow chapter 36 has been in focus these past number of years. We have seen their fenced cities. You do not put up a fence without a gate; but the gates were guarded. Those immigrant Jews had to do it that way in order to hold on to what little they had: believing that somehow in the future, God would make a way possible for the picture to change. That is why I emphasize these prophecies and what I see coming: I have seen these fences. I have seen the gates on them. Row after row of new huts sat behind them, where immigrant families had moved in. In the Jordanian Valley, leaving Jericho going north toward the Sea of Galilee, you pass some of these new settlements right in the desert, where they bulldozed everything away. There were those chain link fences that looked to be nine feet tall, with gates. When night comes those gates are well guarded with armed guards. The purpose of it is to keep out those guerrilla bands that want to come along and harass the Jewish settlers. God allowed it to be like that for a while; but it will not always be like that. When God does this for them, and I am persuaded that it will be very soon, that is why He will use Israel: He is absolutely going to get to the head of this whole thing. He is going to get the heads of these Arab people who constantly want to harass them and are so antagonistic toward the very mention of a Jew. When God uses Israel, through that military sweep, He is going to do it in a way that those Arabs cannot help but realize that Allah cannot help them. It is Jehovah with the Jews. When that happens, then you can easily see what that does for all those walled villages. It makes them safe. When my people, Israel, dwell safely, that is when the word of God says Gog will make his move against them. This certainly lets us know for sure that Ezekiel 38 and 39 could not possibly be fulfilled until after some of these other prophecies have been fulfilled to open up the way for it. As we move through these scriptures, we can see that somewhere in the very near future it will no longer be the Arab people making trouble for the people of Israel. They will be at peace with Israel. When that comes to pass Israel can take the fences down. Notice the language of Ezekiel 38:10 “Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates.” Why do more people not ask when they read these scriptures, Where did all those fences go? It is not that way now. Every last one of those villages that have those fences, have bars and gates. It has to be like that to keep their enemies out. It is not intruders from Iran, nor Libya, nor Ethiopia, nor any others but those Arabs that live right next door. Well that is why God will use Israel in such a way as to display His own power in such a miraculous fashion. Let us go back a few thousand years: to the time when spies were sent to check out the land the Jews were heading for and they came into Jericho and met the harlot by the name of Rahab. When they got introduced to her and she began to tell the story, what did she tell those spies? We heard of your people, what your God did when He brought you across the Red Sea. You every one know what she told those spies? She said, At that time our hearts did melt within us. (In other words, We were scared half to death.) They had every reason to be. Well Micah 7 plainly says as it was with him in the days when I brought him out of Egypt, so again will I show unto him great and marvelous things. Insomuch that the heathen round about will come crawling out of their holes, confounded at all their might, at their infrared sights, heat sensors, and all that stuff. As I said in Norway, we not only have all of that, Israel has it too. We sold them some of our technology. Just look at what our men can do: then put a Jew in that same plane and you will really see something. I have to remind you what you have heard many times before, Little is much if God be in it. He will take one Jew and one airplane and drive the whole Iraqi Air Force out of the vicinity. You say, You talk crazy, Bro. Jackson. Oh no: I am just waiting for the hour that I can see some of these things falling into place. I will jump up and down with Joy, saying, Did I not say so? That is the way the whole thing lines up: when I look at the picture the Bible portrays. It did not look like this 15 or 20 years ago. It is just simply a fact, that as we get closer to a prophesied event, we begin to see more clearly how to look at it. Yes saints, notice how He emphasizes this, I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely. Two passages of scripture show it. (Ezekiel 38:8) “After many days thou shalt be visited: in the latter years thou shalt come into the land that is brought back from the sword, and is gathered out of many people, against the mountains of Israel, which have been always waste: but it is brought forth out of the nations, and they shall dwell safely all of them.” This would be, when my people Israel dwell safely. In this verse, it is in connection with the invasion of the enemy that it says, When His people dwell safely. That means their borders have been pushed out to their ancient boundaries and everything is in place. Then we notice in verse 12, it is the invading force under the leadership of this Muscovite, the Magog people, that it is referring to. Here is what they say, “To take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the desolate places {that are now} inhabited, and upon the people {that are} gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.” By that time we can say this, Jerusalem is in the process of being renovated and her future inhabitants, Jews, are now moving in to possess their dwellings. That is why you read chapter 49 of Isaiah along with this. There is no doubt that Israel will make this sweep to set the stage for Jerusalem to be renovated and made ready for the Messiah, which will come over here at the end of the week. We realize the temple is going to be built somewhere in the preceding months leading into this period of time; and as we have pointed out, The Jews will have help building that temple that people not too many years ago would have said would be an impossibility. That just goes to show how God can turn things around when His time comes for it to happen.


WHAT THE PROPHETS HAVE WRITTEN ABOUT ISRAEL IN OUR DAY


The whole picture in the Middle East is going to change very quickly as Israel begins to make the moves these prophecies foretell; so do not be surprised if you turn on the News some morning and Israel is on the move. With this in mind, we have to realize these other Islamic nations are absolutely going to become infuriated when they begin to watch the progress and development of things and see how the Jews are renovating that city. They will be even more infuriated when they observe the fact that the Jews are dwelling safely in their land. Israel can say with a sigh of relief, The Arabs are no longer our enemies, out to harass us, and their guerrillas trying to infiltrate our ranks at night. They are finally allowing us to dwell in peace. You have to understand it took that war under Numbers, to rid all that Saudi Arabia area of that religious anti Jewish feeling, and to convert the heart of that Arab so that when you get to Isaiah 60, which goes with Isaiah 49, here they come with gold and incense, with the wealth of the people of Arabia, to offer upon His altar of sacrifice. (Isaiah 60:1-11) “Arise shine; for thy light is come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee. (2) For, behold, the darkness shall cover the earth, and gross darkness the people: but the Lord shall arise upon thee, and His glory shall be seen upon thee. (3) And the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising. (4) Lift up thine eyes round about, and see: all they gather themselves together, they come to thee: thy sons shall come from far, and thy daughters shall be nursed at thy side. (5) Then thou shalt see, and flow together, and thine heart shall fear, and be enlarged; because the abundance of the sea shall be converted unto thee, the forces of the Gentiles shall come unto thee. (6) The multitude of camels shall cover thee, the dromedaries of Midian and Ephah; all they from Sheba shall come: they shall bring gold and incense; and they shall shew forth the praises of the Lord. (7) All the flocks of Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee, the rams of Nebaioth shall minister unto thee: they shall come up with acceptance on mine altar, and I will glorify the house of my glory. (8) Who are these that fly as a cloud, and as the doves to their windows? (9) Surely the isles shall wait for me, and the ships of Tarshish first, to bring thy sons from far, their silver and their gold with them, unto the name of the Lord thy God, and to the Holy One of Israel, because he hath glorified thee. (10) And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls, and their kings shall minister unto thee: for in my wrath I smote thee, but in my favour have I had mercy on thee. Therefore thy gates shall be open continually; they shall not be shut day nor night; that men may bring unto thee the forces of the Gentiles, and that their kings may be brought.” I just have to say, Only God Himself can cause it to be done like that. My critics will probably say, Well it will sure take a miracle to bring about such a thing. Sure it will; but what do you think happened to the Russian Empire 3 1/2 or so years ago? Was that not a miracle? There is no need for anyone to think Reagan and the pope of Rome accomplished all of that without God having a hand in it. They may have been key instruments in bringing about what happened; but you never would have seen a thing like that take place unless God had first said, The time is right. Have you ever stopped to think of all the people who lost their lives for that monster to grow and become what it was, and then think how quickly the monster was brought down: simply with a stroke of the hand of God? This ought to tell the world that this old world system is in for a shaking like never before. What it took empires years to build, God can bring to naught in a day’s time. Yes saints, verse 12 of the 38th chapter of Ezekiel, lets us see how the enemy says, We have come to take a spoil, we have come to take a prey, we have come to do this and that. But look at verse 13: who is doing the talking. Saudi Arabia would not say anything like that today. (That is who Sheba and Dedan are.) If old mad man Hussein of Iraq, three years ago, instead of going into Kuwait, would have crossed Jordan into Israel, Saudi Arabia would not have said one thing about it. Listen to me. They would not have said a thing, because their sentiment is for the Islamic cause. They probably would have said, Onward Hussein! As it was though, the minute Hussein got his eyes on Kuwait, Saudi Arabia got scared and began looking for help. They were glad to let our Bible totting soldiers, whom they looked upon as a bunch of infidels, come to their rescue. Of course it is true to a great degree: our society has become corrupt and more like people who hate God; but I want you to know this, The mere fact that they make their women wear their dresses long and cover their faces does not make them holy. That long nosed bunch of characters will sit in a beer joint watching belly dancers until three in the morning, then go home to their wives still feeling like they are something special. They will not let their women be seen in public unless she is wearing a veil over her face. That is social hypocrisy: just pretending to be moral when all evidence speaks otherwise. I had to say it that way based upon my own observation. When God gets through using Israel to open their eyes, I have to believe Saudi Arabia will see a lot of things they have not seen for a long time. The veil will be lifted from their mind’s so they can begin to see and understand a few things they have been ignorant to. Anyhow here is what verse 13 says, “Sheba and Dedan, and the merchants of Tarshish, with all the young lions thereof, shall say unto thee, Art thou come to take a spoil? hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey? to carry away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil?” I have said all of that to show you, from three years ago when they had to scream for help themselves, you do not find this verse portraying them as being against Israel when the enemy is coming toward them, like they might have been in prior times. Instead they are heard saying, What have you come to do? They are the first ones that speak out, What have you come to do? Sheba and Dedan, (Look where they are on the map) and the merchants of Tarshish, (the area representing old Spain) are asking that question. Some of you may not realize what people the merchants of Tarshish represent; but in ancient Biblical times when Israel was a major nation in the Middle East and traded with certain Gentile people on the coast of Spain, those people there, were of the first foreign tradesmen, craftsmen that traded certain produce with the Israelis. They had a life style that many Jews took a liking to. This is why when Jonah went down to the sea fleeing from the presence of the Lord, he was determined to go to Tarshish. He went down to the old ancient seaport called Joppa and bought a ticket for a boat trip. To go where? To Tarshish. That lets you know which way Ninevah was from there: for he went the opposite way from what the Lord had told him to go. My point is, This could not have happened before: that those of Tarshish would be for Israel. When you look at the lineup of western Europe today, the ten major nations are all back in combined unity. This should tell us that somewhere deep in the old sentimental background of Spain a spark is rekindled; because for centuries Jews lived in the old ancient capital of Madrid. There is a section there, one third of the old city, it was called the Jewish section. Then when the Moslems were there, they had their section. The rest of the city was Catholic. All three lived side by side until the time of the Spanish Inquisition. Then the Catholics were hard on the Jews. The very year Columbus discovered the new world, that was the year the rulers of Spain and the leaders and people of southern France and Spain got together and drove the Moors out. That is when the Jews were driven out. I said all that to give you a little background of Tarshish. Just keep in mind, it was called Tarshish at that time. A lot of these other nations called Portugal, France, and so forth were barbarians; but they were not tradesmen with Israel. How many realize that is why it addressed these in the forefront of this statement? Sheba, and Dedan, and the merchants of Tarshish, with all the young lions thereof speaks specifically. When you and I look at western Europe, we see it in a much different way; because all these other nations you and I have known in our history and study, we realize they came about, got their identity after the breakup of the old Roman Empire. Keep in mind though, the prophet was not looking at Spain as having been a part of the Roman Empire. He was looking at this country way before the Roman Empire ever came into existence; and he was speaking from that standpoint. That is why it is Sheba and Dedan, these Arabs in Saudi Arabia, who take the initiative to question such an approach by such an invading force, Art thou come to take a spoil? hast thou gathered thy company to take a prey? to carry away silver and gold, to take away cattle and goods, to take a great spoil? (Ezekiel 38:14) “Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, (This goes back to the leader.) Thus saith the Lord God; In that day (here we come) when my people of Israel dwelleth safely, (God puts emphasis on it. She has secure borders. She is at peace with her Arab half brothers. They are at peace with Israel.) shalt thou not know it? And thou shalt come from thy place out of the north parts, thou, and many people with thee, all of them riding upon horses, (horsepower) a great company, and a mighty army: And thou shalt come up against my people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; (a cloud, twice it speaks like this) it shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes.” God has a way of bestowing His power and His presence. When we think of Russia, for the past number of years she has been the great producer of scientific philosophers of atheism. She has taught her young people that there is no God. Yet as she denied her young people the knowledge of God, many of them went off after astronomy and all that kind of things. I will never forget last year in Russia, person after person, as they came in the prayer line, would say, Please pray for me. Through the interpreter they would say, We have not been free to study religion; but we have been free to study other things. I heard this, I got caught up in astronomy; and now I see demons in my house: I am scared to go to bed. I thought to myself, When you take away from people the privilege of studying the right thing, the devil will always give them the wrong thing. Here they are in torment: captured by one thing or another. Person after person, alcoholic after alcoholic: much of it attributed to them being denied the privilege of seeking God for fellowship and help. Saints I hope you can see why this chapter is written like it is. It has a picture in it. It tells you precisely when to look toward the seventieth week of Daniel; because it is definitely going to be the last war that will be fought just before that week of Daniel starts. There is no doubt that as that war is fought, western nations will stand ready; because when you read in there, “And it shall come to pass I will call for a sword out of all my mountains,” That means nations that somehow or other have honored God, (For He said) “I will rain upon him a great rain, fire and brimstone.” from Spain to France, to England, to Ireland, Belgium, Germany, Holland, I can see rockets in their launching pads, ready. God says, “And I will plead with him, with pestilence and with fire.” Every kind of disaster. God is going to teach that mass of people one last lesson: that there is a God is the universe. I could sense in talking among a lot of those people, that even though for the past eighty years they built their universities to educate their people in science, physics, and all such like, when they left God out of the picture it made all of that very vain. They have tried to ignore the very ONE that holds this great universe together. God is going to teach those responsible ones a lesson though; and He will still get His remnant out of Russia to fulfill the scriptures. He is going to show them the greatest text book the human race has ever known: this book we call THE BIBLE. I am glad it is a book that can talk to you. It has been written in a way that it can talk to people; and at times when people are to see certain things it can present a very vivid picture. Yes there will be saints from every nation under heaven. God has His way of bringing to pass all that His prophets through the ages have written.


A NEW WORLD ORDER OR AN OLD WORLD ORDER REVIVED


In the light of a lot of things that have been discussed in the political realm in the past two and a half years since the Gulf War, I want to make a few comments before continuing on in Ezekiel 38 and 39. I know that when the Gulf War was going on there was a lot of talk about a New World Order. It made preachers go absolutely wild: Here comes the beast. Now, after so much time has passed you do not hear much about the New World Order. Let us just take a look at the United Nations as it exists today. That is as close as you can get to a New World Order. That thing has been in existence since 1948; but tell me, What good has it been? It has not done one earthly bit of good that I can see. Yet our own nation has contributed billions of dollars into the funding of the thing. As I said before, it was something designed by the leaders of the United States, in collaboration with other western leaders, because as the WW2 era came to a close, they were faced with a huge debt, an area lying in ruins, and that is the only thing they could devise to give any ray of hope: Let’s all get together and agree to function as a group of nations, just as the United States has been a multiple of states with their own independent governments. We have to realize though, there has been a lot of make shift things that have been the product of man’s own initiative down through centuries of time; yet none of those things, however long they existed, or how short they lasted, has ever changed the overall picture of Biblical prophecy. If you just look back through the pages of history, you saw the rise of various things; but somewhere along the line prophecy is the measuring stick that determines the end results of all of it. Right now there seems to be little cooperation, very little agreement and very little accomplished by the United Nations. Look at this Bosnia situation: You and I know there is not much more they can put together than what is already in existence there; and I ask you, What has it done as far as shaping the world for the future. If they cannot get three factions of people to respect them, how in the name of common sense are you going to get total nations to respect the same for a lasting world peace? Even many times those troops with the relief convoys have been held up and did not know what move to make until there was something worked out. My point in saying these things is, Let us not forget what the Bible says; because the Bible gives us a unique picture: letting us know it is Rome coming back into preeminence for a short allotted time; and certainly we know that will not be a New World Order. We might say it like this, It is an old world order with a new title attached to it. There is no doubt whatsoever that we are living somewhere in this area of time, looking through this window: just before the miraculous begins to take place. As I said before, don’t place these windows we have on our chart years and years apart. We are moving toward the year 2000 A.D. That prophetic time of Hosea 6:2, if it is to be figured from the crucifixion of Christ, it will terminate in the year 2005. In the light of a generation Jesus talked about, and a little season as we find under the 5th seal, how can we extend time any longer than that? Those two days are dispensational days of prophetic time, each day a thousand years of prophetic time. They definitely have to have a beginning point and an ending point: such as they will definitely have when the week of Daniel comes into effect and Israel’s revival takes place. As I see it, if 33 A.D. is when Christ was crucified, that is the only possible date you can come up with that makes any sense, for those two dispensational days to start. If you try to push it to 70 A.D., the final destruction of Jerusalem and the children of Israel being taken away into captivity, you push the ending of those two days beyond the generation of people that are to live to see the end of all these prophesied things. We have a measuring stick in the Bible and we would do well to use it properly: not trying to pinpoint any certain year, but rather recognize that we are in the season for the wrap up of these things we have been looking at. That is why I say, We can look for God to do something with His Gentile Church in the very near future. Since 1948, pressures, conditions and circumstances have reshaped Europe until today you have a complete, combined area of nations there in western Europe that is all under one political unity, working out their economic strategies. They have been under one military umbrella since 1948. That is why we heard much about NATO. Even now, different men in our government are saying, Why doesn’t NATO do something in Bosnia? That is their headache. We can say this, if you knew what is behind the scene, (and I assure you we do not know) you would know good and well there is some reason why those western leaders in Europe today do not want to lift a finger toward changing that situation. A lot of what is going on over there can be attributed to nothing more and nothing less than a religious war. That is why the Moslems there are taking a beating, both from the Croatians and the Serbians; because the Croatians and the Serbians are definitely either orthodox, or the other, we will say Greek Orthodox. They have been rival enemies for hundreds and hundreds of years. If you could read the pages of history when the Islamic religion came out of Saudi Arabia, how by the time we come into the 8th and 9th century, it had swept into Turkey, and what bloodshed. No historian was around to write the horrible picture; but what little I have read, especially when they attacked Constantinople, they literally beheaded Christians by the thousands. Who stood by to contest it? What world leader said, Let’s send aid? I hope you get the picture. Those people have reason to remember that horrible hour. To me it is a tragedy, to think how in modern times innocent people are suffering. I just have to say this, God is looking down on what is taking place. He sees it better than I do. We just have to realize that eventually every bit of that area of old eastern Europe, going into Asia, by the time it is all over, is going to be lined up with Rome one hundred percent; so everything just has to work into place. Man can interfere; but man cannot defeat the plan and purpose of God. Neither can man’s interfering change God’s timetable for wrapping up this whole thing. It will all be right on schedule.


WHEN GOD HIMSELF IS SANCTIFIED


Let us get back to Ezekiel 38. Here we find a war described, that a lot of people have had a lot of misgivings about. They have said, Well it looks like that could be the battle of Armageddon. No saints, it is not the battle of Armageddon. The battle of Armageddon, as we read in Revelation 16 and 19, is not even described as a miracle war. Think of it. There is not a thing in Revelation that tells you the battle of Armageddon will produce anything that God is glorified in. Yet right here in this war described in Ezekiel 39 and 39 it plainly tells you, number one, He is going to be sanctified in Gog. Then it says He is going to be sanctified among the heathen. The heathen mentioned is not that poor bush man in the Congo either: it is this bunch of educated, know-it-all politicians that act like they have the answer to everything: along with Professor This and Professor That, many of whom will even reject the very idea that there is a sovereign God in the picture. Yes the heathen mentioned in these scriptures are those type of individuals. Then we notice also, it plainly closes out by saying, And Israel will know from that day onward that I am the Lord their God who is in the midst of her forevermore. That tells me this war is an episode that is to be fought just before the time that from the western world is introduced that covenant period which will be the 70th week of Daniel. There is no doubt as the western world watches this unfold, seeing how God portrays himself to the leaders of the western world where the beast is already being shaped, already put together, ready to go into action, those leaders will not be disturbed one bit. However within the realm of Gentile nations there is going to be people whose hearts are going to be touched. That is why God speaks of how He is sanctified in the midst of the heathen. There has to be a reason why God wants to be sanctified. It is not that He is unholy. It means He wants to be recognized as a Holy God in the midst of a nation of people that has forgot all about Him. That is what we have to look at here. You can see it today. That is why our western nations do not want God brought into the picture. That is the last thing on earth they want. Israel has been ruled much through recent years by the politician type Jew, not looking at the future of Israel from a Messianic viewpoint. The religious, Messianic people have been pressed into the background. Therefore you have to realize somewhere in front of us, when we come to this period of time that these prophecies are to drop down and be fulfilled, God will make the governors of Judah as a torch in the midst of the pile of wood. They have not been like that yet. It is true there was a six day war, even then in the Israeli government there was a lot of bickering as to what they would do and would not do. Nevertheless when it became obvious that Nasser of Egypt and the Syrians were ready for a strike, they had to agree to a strategy and God honored it. Since then they have done everything else other than to really agree on anything. Therefore my point in saying this is, Ezekiel 38 is not a war like conventional types of wars of the past. While it is a war that Russia, with her allies, are coming against Israel in one of the most unique sneak attacks that could ever be put together in modern times, it is going to be different than anything the world has ever witnessed. That is why it does not say in the Bible that they are going to come dropping out of the air with parachutes. No. It tells in Ezekiel they are coming on horseback. Like I said earlier, Imagine thousands of troops coming from Libya, from Russia, from Persia and Ethiopia on horseback. How far do you think they would get, with Israelis intelligence as sharp as it is? They would never get where they were going. It would not be a miracle in the, it will be a miracle if they survive even long enough to get to the borders of Israel. No saints, they are not coming against Israel by those primitive means. The horses they will be coming on will be horsepower: as your engines are rated today. These shields and bucklers and things that ancient mankind used, you just have to transfer that terminology to modern armament and high tech fire power. Every last bit of it is Russian made. That is why it stipulated here, Art thou not he whom his servants have prophesied in former times, now we would have to find that somewhere in other Israeli writings; because it is not in our Bible. Let us go to Ezekiel 38:14, and look at something that is in our Bible. I know there are people who will say, Oh Jackson, you are wrong, God has already torn Russia to pieces. To those people, I just have to say, No. He did NOT tear the land of Magog apart; and that is the part of the old Soviet territory this prophecy pertains to. God just broke up that great monster that had such a large perimeter out there. It was never all known as Russia. Did you know there was a time when Turkey ran all the way up into that region? Yes, there was a time when much of that area was called Turkistan. That was not Russia. However out of that, eventually, that which actually is Russia, the land of the Muscovites, (who are the descendants of Meshech and Tubal) came the heart core of what you look to as Russia. It is true, as we come through the 18th century there was a lot of bloodshed in that vast region. Russia did not extend all the way to the Orient. But as that Communistic spirit hit, they were successful in surrounding and putting together (though gradually) a vast network of smaller countries, such as Lithuania, Latvia, Estonia and those. There were many of them: too many to mention. It all combined into a vast area of what was known as the Soviet Union, which was a communist empire; and that is what has been broken up. However what God was looking at in Ezekiel 38 and 39 are still right there; and I might say, very capable of fulfilling what we are reading about. These words were written to, or about Gog, the chief prince, (or ruler) of Meshech and Tubal, of the land of Magog; so that is where we look to as we study these scriptures. God was looking right at that old hard core. Right now if you would ask those Russian politicians, Do you believe you will play a future role in coming down into the land of Israel, by making alliance with Persia and Ethiopia? you would probably hear them say, Why? We see no need for anything like that. Well naturally they would see no need for that at this present time. Neither do those Common Market nations of Western Europe look at the Bible to see their future role in the plan of God. Circumstances and world conditions just lead up to the point of their active role in fulfilling these prophecies. The Bible tells us God will put hooks in the jaws of Gog and his band and bring them forth to come against Israel. They are not looking at the Bible to see what their future role in prophecy will be; but God certainly is. That is why I say, Though Israel and the PLO may sign a thousand agreements, that does not guarantee there will be peace in the Middle East? Absolutely not! Let us look at verse 14 of chapter 38. “Therefore, son of man, prophesy and say unto Gog, (The word Gog applies to the leader) Thus saith the Lord God; In that day when My people of Israel dwelleth safely, shalt thou not know it?” I will repeat what I said earlier. Since 1948, the immigrant Jews that have come back to their ancient home land have not been able to live there in peace and safety. Every year there is hostility, killings by every thinkable means. They are constantly subjected to guerrilla attacks. At night the settlements are invaded. That is why the kibbutz have barbed wire around them. Every new village has chain link fences around them. Therefore there has been no time to this point in time, that you could properly refer to them as dwelling safely. We are living in an hour when we can say this though, In the very near future, the world will wake up one morning and discover that there has been a dramatic change in the Middle East; because Israel will be on the move, fulfilling these various prophecies we have been studying. God is going to use Israel to literally secure her borders and put every Arab where he, or she is supposed to be. It is going to set the stage for those Arabs that are now very hostile toward the Jews, to suddenly realize, that from that moment on, resisting the Jews will be a fruitless endeavor. When those Arabs have finally been put to rest, after being made to see that their God is no longer with them, they will have to change their overall religious philosophy. That includes the Edomites, the Moabites and the Ammonites, all of which will be put to rest at that time: so that they no longer have that hostile attitude toward the Jews. Where you have little villages on the Golan Heights, the area taken from Syria in the six day war, presently having those fences around them, there will be no need for those fences after that. God had a reason for Ezekiel writing like this, “when my people Israel are dwelling safely.” Trinity Broadcasting will not agree with me; but do you think I am going to concern myself with what they say? Just watch and see if any of them ever preach this kind of a picture concerning these prophecies we have been looking at. They cannot; because they do not see the true picture. Just as the scripture says in Proverbs 29:18, “Where there is no vision (or revelation) the people perish.” Those who have a revelation of the word of God will not be running a program. You cannot run a preplanned, traditional program and be subject to the leadership of the Spirit of God both at the same time. I am aware that many times you can see and hear things on those denominational programs that make it look like those people are doing a great work of God; but if you know anything yourself, it does not take long for you to realize they are as blind as a bat spiritually. I am persuaded though, that there is going to be a little nucleus of people walking on God’s green earth from here to the end, that will have a good understanding and a clear picture in their mind’s, of how this world’s developments are going to begin to materialize as this age of grace to the Gentiles is phased out. This Ezekiel war we have been talking about has to be looked at as an international conflict. It is not just a matter of Israel taking care of the Arabs and putting them to rest in some soon-to-be conflict. That is only a prelude to the Ezekiel 38 war. This is somehow or other a Satanic, master minded plot, using another segment of the world, Persia, Ethiopia, Libya, and the house of Togarmah, which is Turkey. They are definitely going to try to pull off one of the sneakiest attacks against Israel that could ever be devised. They carefully set the stage; and then come like a cloud to take Israel by surprise. (Ezekiel 38:9-12) “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land, thou, and all thy bands, and many people with thee. (10) Thus saith the Lord God; It shall also come to pass, that at the same time shall things come into thy mind, and thou shalt think an evil thought: (11) And thou shalt say, I will go up to the land of unwalled villages; I will go to them that are at rest, that dwell safely, all of them dwelling without walls, and having neither bars nor gates, (12) To take a spoil, and to take a prey; to turn thine hand upon the desolate places that are now inhabited, and upon the people that are gathered out of the nations, which have gotten cattle and goods, that dwell in the midst of the land.” If there is any doubt in your mind as to who these people are, just pay attention to verses 16 and 17, and you will know for sure. (Ezekiel 38:16-17) “And thou shalt come up against My people of Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the latter days, and I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me, (I want to say this, I am a Christian, but I live in a nation that has become a heathen nation. This nation now has more crime committed every night than anywhere else in the rest of this world. Shame on a nation that has taken such an attitude on how to fight crime. We were going in and save those poor Somalias. If we had done the thing right thing, our leaders would have said, Go get that bunch of cutthroats first. Common sense would tell you, if you are going to make a difference in a situation like that, you have to go get that bunch of cutthroats out of the picture first. You had two things there that was creating this disaster. You had a natural drought. That made the food supply very short. Then that bunch of cutthroats, war lords if you please, was using what was left there to fatten their own gut and fill their own pocketbook. You know that is the truth. The poor Somalia children were caught between the crossfire and have become victimized by their own leaders. Yet out of these western, supposed-to-be civilized countries that pretend to be humanitarian on one standpoint, came leadership that did not know where to draw the line on what was humanitarian and what was not. I do not pretend to be a military strategist, but common sense tells me, if you go into a place like that and try to aid people under those conditions, that bunch of cutthroats will turn the whole thing in reverse and use all your efforts for their own selfish cause. That is exactly what they have done. They have master minded it to the point they are gradually turning many Somalia people against our very cause in being there. Well, I am glad God knows what He is doing here. It will not turn out like the Somalia thing has. No, this conflict is not going to be something designed by man. It was designed by God long before the prophet ever recorded it. He is going to get glory for Himself out of it from those who are heathen in His eyes.) when I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, before their eyes. (17) Thus saith the Lord God; Art thou he of whom I have spoken in old time by my servants the prophets of Israel, which prophesied in those days many years that I would bring thee against them?” (As I said, You would have to go back somewhere in other Israeli writings to find that. It is not in our Bible anywhere else.) This is going to be after Israel has already taken their ancient land and secured their borders. It will be the Islamic world’s last chance to regain their religious prestige; but Russia has to play the part of being their guide, their military adviser, furnishing the technicians, and the military strategist that they feel necessary to conquer the Jews. God will force them to do it. “And I will bring thee against my land, that the heathen may know me.” Does that mean every king, every leader, every governor is going to be awakened? No. But it means out in this western, educated world, there are some people out here that at that time, God wants their attention. It is their personal attention God is after. He is not going to change the antichrist system nor the beast system in Europe. No. But there are some individual people that He is going to change their attitude as to the part they play and the role they participate in. That is why He has designed it this way. “When I shall be sanctified in thee, O Gog, (God is speaking directly to the ruler of this whole thing.) before their eyes.” (18) “And it shall come to pass at the same time when Gog shall come against the land of Israel, saith the Lord God, that my fury shall come up in my face. (19) For in my jealousy and in the fire of my wrath have I spoken, surely in that day there shall be a great shaking in the land of Israel.” Saints, you may think you have seen anger before; but when God gets angry things are going to shake.


HOW-AND WHY GOD WILL FIGHT AGAINST GOG AND MAGOG


As you read on through Ezekiel 38, you will see that it says nothing about the kings of the East: as you read in Revelation 16. Therefore this is not the great day of the Lord, the day of God’s wrath upon the whole earth, we are looking at in this chapter. This is a precise time when God is bringing one nation, which is the leader of other nations, which somehow or other have demanded the right to attack this little nation that they feel the Arabs have failed so miserably in all their efforts of trying to conquer them. Strictly because they are still Islamic, they feel they are being cheated by the events that will have transpired just prior to this time. As I said earlier, The Islamic people have been split into two camps for hundreds of years; but they are still Islamic nonetheless; and this bunch that comes with God will feel that it is their responsibility to finish up what the other bunch have tried to do and failed. Those of Saudi Arab and those who are basically Arabs of that nature, were the Soonites; but those of Persia and all that other category are the Shiites. The Shiites, as far as history is concerned, have always been in the forefront. They seem to set the stage. That is why when God takes care of the other Arabs with Israel and puts them to rest, He leaves this other camp to deal with; and He deals with it by doing this thing we see in Ezekiel 38. Now do not be mislead: This shaking is not God dropping an atomic bomb. God does not need an atomic bomb. He has enough destructive forces at His finger tips to outdo anything all your man made bombs put together could ever do. In a few hours time He can tear down what it has taken men hundreds of years to build. Do not try to minimize this thing saints: like gentile mind’s are so prone to do: When God said there will be a shaking in the land of Israel, and it is going to be known world wide, (20) “So that the fishes of the sea, and the fowls of the heaven, and the beasts of the field, and all creeping things that creep upon the earth, and all the men that are upon the face of the earth, shall shake at my presence, and the mountains shall be thrown down, and the steep places shall fall, and every wall shall fall to the ground,” He has a purpose in it at. When you read it like that, you might ask, Well what is the purpose of it? God gets glory from it. Do we not find in Exodus, how God brought two and some odd million people across the Red Sea by such a miraculous means? It plainly tell you there that a strong east wind blew all night long. When daylight came the next day the children of Israel looked at that body of water and there was a deep, dry chasm running right through there to the other side. God said to Moses, Come on, go across to the other side. The way some people respond to the word of God reminds me of a little story I heard somewhere. It is typical of how Gentile mind’s react to the things written in the Bible. They treat it as though it is all fiction. The story goes like this, There was a small boy who had modern parents that did not want him going to Sunday School, nor anywhere that he would learn anything about the Bible. Well the story goes, that there were new people that moved into the area and he became a close friend to one of their children. His friend asked him to go to Sunday School with him and he went. On that particular Sunday, the teacher was talking about the children of Israel leaving Egypt, and telling how God miraculously brought them through the Red Sea. The story is complete and the little boy goes home: where his mother asked, Johnny: What did you learn today? The little boy said, I don’t know. Now Johnny, come on and tell me what you learned today. Mommy, I heard one of the most fantastic stories I ever heard in my life. The teacher told us about how many years ago there was a large group of people in a foreign country, and they had been there for many years; and had been turned into slaves. After they had been mistreated for so long their God decided He wanted to lead them out of there. The day came, and He led them out of there; but they came to a large body of water out there in the desert that they could not cross. When Moses saw the predicament they were in, he called a halt and got on his walkie talkie and called to the rear for reserves; and up they came with modern equipment and cut down trees and everything. His mother interrupted him: Now Johnny, you know that is not the truth. To that He responded, Well if I had told you the truth, you would not have believed it. That is typical our Gentile world in this day and hour. God has to slap them up one side of the head, knock them down, step on them, and turn them over, before He gets their attention. In this day of modernism, and intellectualism God has this thing designed like this because He wants to get the attention of a few Gentiles. He has a purpose in it: to use them. Therefore as God does this thing, this is how He deals with these people, these troops that come into the land of Israel like a cloud. That is why I said, These troops are not coming in long convoys. Common sense would tell anyone that ten thousand troops leaving Russia, winding their way down through Turkey toward Israel, would be picked up by Israeli intelligence before they got very far. Keep in mind, we have intelligence satellites and we share this technology with Israel; therefore Israel would have it. Think where the Libyans are situated in North Africa. If they were to start across Egypt with a long convoy of military trucks, Israel will know it. The same with Ethiopia, and also coming from Persia. There is no way they can come that way. It tells you in another verse here, they will come quickly, like a storm. A storm is something that goes into effect quickly. What does verse 9 say, “Thou shalt ascend and come like a storm, thou shalt be like a cloud to cover the land.” You do not have time to put a new roof on your house when you see a storm coming. The closest thing to this description that we have ever known, was when our troops went into Saudi Arabia to fight the Gulf War: We staged one of the largest military airlifts ever known in the annals of warfare. We put more equipment and men in the field in a matter of hours, than anyone had ever heard of at that point in time. When this Ezekiel war is fought, they will not be bringing a half million troops: you are dealing in the thousands. That is the way we have to look at it. I have no doubt this is going to be troops that are trained by Russian technicians, because their own intelligence, their own strategy is, If we are able to pull this off as a sneak attack, we have to do it so we are not in the air over an hour: lest Israeli intelligence pick it up and have them prepared. No they are not going to drop them in the midst of Jerusalem. Common sense would tell you that. They are going to pick a large rural area somewhere, so they can drop them on the ground, where there is the least amount of military defenses. Well that is exactly where God wants them. I have to say people who cannot believe what God did at the Red Sea, and at the Jordan River later, when Joshua crossed over and the waters walled up like a giant wall, and people who cannot believe the walls of Jericho fell straight down, not straight out, just wait a little while: God is going to shake your brain, and make your eyes turn over in your head when He begins to do some of these things we are dealing with in this message. I say all that because I am sick and tired of hearing all these modern philosophers so full of unbelief, as though they are so smart they could not possibly believe anything like what we are talking about: when actually God has their number; and knows exactly how to bring them all to an abrupt end. That is why God has saved the best until last. He is going to show some of it in the next few years as He shapes things up and gets it ready for the western world to move in, and the antichrist to fulfill his lot. Yes, imagine all these thousands of troops coming. I can see the air filled with giant cargo planes and doors suddenly flying open. There are literally hundreds of men following each other, waves upon waves of them. God waits until He has the right number in that drop zone; and then He makes His move. Let me just say this, When heaven opens up and God begins to rain a torrential rain on them, do not dare tell me that will not hamper their modern military equipment. Not only rain but great hailstones also, will be hitting them. (Ezekiel 38:22-23) “And I will plead against him (Gog and his band of invaders) with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone. (23) Thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord.” That is also going to take place in the day of God’s wrath at the end of the great tribulation: under the 7th vial judgment. The only thing is, Ezekiel does not give the weight of the hailstones that will fall, like Revelation does. Notice Revelation 16:21, what it says. “And there fell upon men a great hail out of heaven, every stone about the weight of a talent: and men blasphemed God because of the plague of the hail; for the plague thereof was exceeding great.” Whatever the weight of a talent is, that is what God will rain down upon wicked mankind at the end of this age; and from the announced results of this intervention on the part of God in the Ezekiel war, I would say the hailstones could be every bit as great as those under the 7th vial of Revelation 16. When the whole thing is over, only one sixth part of those invading forces will be left alive to return home. You can read that in 39:2. At the same time, in the 21st verse, it says, “And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains.” Mountains here, does not mean geographical mountains. It is symbolic, meaning kingdoms of human beings. Listen carefully to me, and keep in mind what I said earlier about Tarshish being the old country of Spain. It was known in ancient times to Israel; because I was reading how it carried on commerce and trade with Israel before Israel was taken off into Babylonian captivity. The other regions of Europe were basically barbarous tribes of people. No nations were yet formed. That is why they are not named in this prophecy. But when it says, “And I will call for a sword against him throughout all my mountains, saith the Lord God: every man’s sword shall be against his brother,” That sounds contradictory the way we would normally read it. Do you know why? It would sound like everyone will get into it with each other. That is not the way it will be. You have to look at it from the standpoint, are we not all created brethren, as far as human beings concerned on this planet? Are you not also a created brother to the Russian people? Sure you are. You can claim that in any generation you want to. So when it says God will call for a sword throughout all his mountains, you are looking at people, every one of their swords against their brother. You are dealing with the created family of God, not the spiritual family of God. That is how you have to look at it. It does not mean anarchy is going to break out within the nations where God is calling for this thing. No, He is calling for a military strike out of those nations. Just take a good look at Europe: where she will be in that hour. Does it not tell you in Revelation 13 concerning the beast with ten horns (which we know is pointing to those ten nations of western Europe) that John saw it coming up out of the sea? This is the beast Daniel saw, and when he saw it coming up, he saw this little horn with the eyes of a man and a mouth speaking great things: how that little horn subdued three of the ten horns and so forth. It plainly tells you there in Revelation that the dragon gave that beast his seat and his power and great authority. It tells us also, that people will worship the dragon that gives his power unto the beast, saying, Who is equal to the beast, who is able to make war against the beast. Saints you are looking at western Europe in a future hour: when she is called upon to play a role, a role she refused to take part in there in Bosnia. When God calls upon her to play a role in this event, she will do it. It is not a case where western Europe goes into anarchy, drawing their swords against each other, even though it may sound like that: It is absolutely a situation where out of those nations there is to be a military strike against those who they have definitely tried to see as brethren: to bring about peace. Yes. Western Europe is definitely going to be faced with going into action. (Ezekiel 38:22) “And I will plead against him with pestilence and with blood; and I will rain upon him, and upon his bands, and upon the many people that are with him, an overflowing rain, and great hailstones, fire, and brimstone.” God does not need rockets, nevertheless as he pleads with these nations of Europe, He will let them use their rockets. Keep in mind, God is going to deal with the troops of Russia and all her allies that come into the land of Israel. He will do that with His own miraculous power, but He is going to definitely use the military capability of these nations in Europe to rain a devastating blow on the land of Magog. That is the way the Bible reads. All of that along with natural elements including hailstones, and fire, and brimstone. (23) “Thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself; and I will be known in the eyes of many nations, and they shall know that I am the Lord.” It is all yet to be. That is what this window on our chart lets us look toward. This is how we are to look toward the seventieth week of Daniel. It goes into motion on the heels of this Ezekiel war. There is absolutely no doubt that it will be just a few months, a year or two maybe until that week goes into effect. The effects of this thing no doubt brings the western world to natural man’s thinking: We have got to do something to avoid another event like this; or we are going to be shoved over the brink into total anarchy. That leaves mortal mankind with a dilemma; so they get together and do the only thing they know to do. They are not going to pick up the Bible and read it: to get their instructions. You know they will not do that. Neither will they get on their knees and say, Lord help me, I want to know what you want me to do next. No, they will never humble themselves to do a thing like that; and besides, God will already have put it in their hearts to play the role the Bible describes in the 17th chapter of Revelation. They will not look to God as men ought to look to Him for direction; but they will finally agree to call upon the pope of Rome to mediate what they are determined to do. In the meanwhile, God just simply allows Satan to fill their minds with all kinds of ideas; but in the final outcome what they do will fulfill the purpose of God exactly. His word cannot fail.


HOW TO LOOK AT ISAIAH CHAPTER 49


We will go back to Isaiah 49: where God, through the spirit of prophecy looks to the future of Jerusalem. The future of Jerusalem is revealed in these passages of scripture of these various prophecies. The old city, not the new city that has been built since the 20th century, which is on the higher land. The old city has definitely got to be rehabilitated and put in a proper condition for immigrant Jews from different areas of the world that are definitely to choose it for their dwelling place to fulfill scripture. They are not on the scene yet; but they are going to be coming sometime in the near future, as the clock of prophetic time moves to that point. We notice here this prophecy how the Spirit of God spoke on behalf of the geographical mountain, Mt. Zion, the spot where Jerusalem is built. The prophecy is speaking for the mountain, and in it the mountain is speaking in behalf of her inhabitants. Let us pick it up in the 14th verse, “But Zion said, The Lord hath forsaken me, and my Lord hath forgotten me.” Just think, In 70 A.D., August 10th, when Jerusalem fell to the Roman army, as the sun rose the next day the Roman army was gathering up the remaining healthy, work-able young Jews. The idea was, We will sell them on the world slave market. They were sold in Egypt, they were sold in Constantinople, and some were sold in Rome. From that time until a short time ago, Mt. Zion lay desolate as far as literal Jewish occupancy in a major role; but coming up is the city. God says this, (18) “Lift up thine eyes round about, and behold: all these gather themselves together, and come to thee (That is the new wave of immigrants that are soon to come and take up occupancy in Jerusalem.) As I live, saith the Lord, thou shalt surely clothe thee with them all, as with an ornament, and bind them on thee, as a bride doeth.” In other words, I will clothe you with Jewish inhabitants. Right now, old Jerusalem is populated by three fourths Arabs. Verse 17 says, “Thy children shall make haste; (meaning the future occupants) thy destroyers (which are the Arabs) and they that made thee waste shall go forth of thee.” (19) “For thy waste and thy desolate places, and the land of thy destruction, shall even now be too narrow by reason of the inhabitants, (meaning no place to live, no house to live in. In other words, There will be no vacancy signs everywhere: there will be no place to rent. It does not apply to the ground: there is plenty of ground; but no place to have a roof over their head’s.) and they that swallowed thee up shall be far away.” You have two verses there that tell you what the future is of old Jerusalem’s inhabitants. That should tell us there is no way God is going to leave three fourths of the occupants of old Jerusalem to be Arabs: to stay there demanding self government, we want self government, when God’s word says they are going to be moved out of there. That is why it is going to be interesting to watch the next few months, to see what does unfold before the eyes of the world. (Isaiah 49:20) “The children which thou shalt have, after thou hast lost the other, (That points back to 70 A.D.) shall say again in thine ears, The place is too strait for me: give place to me that I may dwell.” In other words, in this modern age, Can you not hear in that hour, when they have cleared out all the Arabs and the city is opened up for renovation and total reconstruction, they are rebuilding the city and here comes the new wave of immigrants; and as people begin to get a promise of this and that there will be so many more in line hoping for a place they will be saying, Look, I have been waiting here six months: When am I going to get my opportunity? I can just hear them now. That is exactly the way it was two years ago when the iron curtain finally fell and Russia agreed to let the Jews come back. Here they came by plane loads. It was not very long until the Israeli government was faced with a dilemma: There, stood Jews by the scores saying, We want a place to live. That is when, from the west we shipped boat loads of house trailers and they set up temporary housing in the outskirts of Jerusalem, on the outskirts of other villages that were already built. Do you know what though, those Russian immigrant Jews coming back to the land of their heritage, when the Israeli government wanted to put them in temporary housing, (which was those house trailers) they looked at those things like they were dog houses. I don’t want to live in that, when most everything in Israel is made of stone. That caused me to ask myself the question; and I would like the opportunity to ask them, Is this not a far cry better than what your forefathers, whom you brag about, that came out of Egypt under the leadership of Moses, came to? Every Sabbath meeting, you read all about that. They lived in tents of skins; so tell me, What is wrong with this? Well saints, that is this modern, 20th century mind for you: They could never live like their forefather’s lived. Therefore when you read this, you are going to see that the Jews are going to want their portion. That is what it is all about. (21) “Then shalt thou say in thine heart, Who hath begotten me these, seeing I have lost my children, and am desolate, a captive, and removing to and fro? and who hath brought up these? behold, I was left alone; these, where had they been?” That is yet just ahead of where we are in time. When that hour has come about, God has used Israel to set these prophetic pictures in shape, and when they cross over into Jordan and take all that and subdue it, you will have this verse we have just read. There is no doubt that miraculous display of God’s power is going to awaken the heart and the interest of another wave of Jews that are now standing back with questions, I just don’t know whether I want to get back there in that mess or not. Keep in mind, God has more ways than one of getting them out of Egypt: if you know what I mean. The point is, When God shows His power in all of this, that is going to cause another wave of Jews to say, I can see now, that God is with my people. I want to go back where my God is watching over His people. As they come back, they come back with a vision, I want to live where my forefathers lived. Naturally many of them will say, I want to live in Jerusalem. It will be time for Jerusalem to be renovated. This brings Isaiah 60 into the picture.


CHAPTER 60 OF ISAIAH GOES WITH CHAPTER 49


When you go to Isaiah 60, take a good look at it. Isaiah 60 brings you through this, AND through this, to the few months before this sets in. (pointing to chart just before the seventieth week of Daniel is set in motion) There, in Isaiah 60, what a beautiful picture you see. This makes me say, Lord: I know I don’t have to live until Jesus comes back to prove that I believe your word: I am ready to go any time you see fit to take me; but what I see here in your written word makes me want to say, Let me stick around to watch this picture unfold. Gentiles as a whole will not read this; because they just simply do not know whether it is true or not. They will run after everything else though: no matter how silly it is. When this 60th chapter unfolds, the 49th chapter is hanging right over the top of it. Jerusalem is in a stage of being rebuilt and being inhabited, the temple is in the process of being built; and we find God speaking on behalf of it. The 5th verse plainly tells how the forces of the Gentiles and the abundance of the sea shall be converted. That is not talking about spiritual conversion: It is talking about material things being converted, changed over to the destiny of serving Israel in her cause. In the 6th verse, we read this. (Isaiah 60:5-6) “Then thou shalt see, and flow together, and thine heart shall fear, and be enlarged; because the abundance of the sea shall be converted unto thee, the forces of the Gentiles shall come unto thee. (6) The multitude of camels shall cover thee, (What nation today has camels by the thousands? Saudi Arabia. If you had been watching the news as our soldiers first entered Saudi Arabia and they put them in the desert to begin their initial training, many times where they were dug in, off on the horizon, there would go two or three camels. They did not tell who they belonged to; but I bring it in, so keep in mind, Saudi Arabia and all that region across the Jordan River, and on back through here, (pointing to chart) for centuries was basically a Bedouin people. It was only after we came into the 20th century that many of these Bedouin people begin to decide that they were going to blend together and form a city environment. However out in the wastelands you still find the Bedouin people. There is where the camels are; so watch this. What will the multitude of camels cover? Mt. Zion.) the dromedaries of Midian and Ephah; (That is also out of Saudi Arabia.) all they from Sheba shall come: (That is Saudi Arabia also.) they shall bring gold and incense; and they shall shew forth the praises of the Lord.” What are they going to bring? Gold and incense. That is why I brought in Haggai 6: As the Lord prophesied about the temple in the end time, God told the people then, (Haggai 2:8-9) “The silver is mine, and the gold is mine, saith the Lord of hosts. (9) The glory of this latter house (That is the one to be built around the beginning of the seventieth week of Daniel. As you read in Revelation 11, you see that John was told to take a reed and measure it.) shall be greater than of the former, saith the Lord of hosts: and in this place will I give peace, saith the Lord of hosts.” Here, we see that there will be people coming out of Saudi Arabia, riding camel back: Not driving Cadillacs; and they will be bringing gold and incense for the temple. You know Saudi Arabia is one of the wealthiest oil countries in the world. Is that not true? I wish President Bush would have let the king of Saudi Arabia honor our troops with a certain amount of gift money like he pledged to do; but our president turned it down. Maybe it was supposed to be so, in order for all of it to come to this occasion. Maybe some of you did not know that; but it was in the News: They would not let him give our soldiers a reward of any kind of monetary value for their faithfulness in coming over there to fight. (7) “All the flocks of Kedar shall be gathered together unto thee, the rams of Nebaioth (You read those names in Genesis 25:12-13: they are the sons of Abraham by Keturah, his second wife.) shall minister unto thee: they shall come up with acceptance on mine altar, and I will glorify the house of my glory.” The house of His glory is His temple; and all of this pertains to the rebuilding of it. I say this again, There is no way you could send an emissary, a spokesman for Israel to Saudi Arabia today and have him say to them, Would you people of Saudi Arabia and of these regions round about be willing right now to contribute anything to the Israeli cause by building a temple on the spot where the Mosque of Omar presently stands? They would think such a person was crazy. Well I just have to say this, and I just feel like jumping up and down with joy, Just wait until God gets through using Israel like we have been talking: It will be a different picture altogether. That Mosque of Omar will no longer mean one thing to those Arabs. It was built in 600 and something A.D. They beautified it several times through the centuries; and they (the Arabs) claim Mohammad rode off from there into heaven. They want to claim he is coming back that way; but when God gets through using Israel the way these prophecies show that He will, they are going to have a different revelation. They will know that Mohammad has left them. The truth is, He is still in his grave. But when Jesus Christ left from there, He has never been in a grave since. He is coming back one of these days. That is why none of these characters on trinity broadcast want to deal with these prophecies; they just simply do not have the picture of it. But in front of you and me, and specially you young people, when God does these things, after it is over, watch how those Arabs are talking then. They will no longer care what happens to the Mosque of Omar; because it will be a reminder of a worthless cause. They will see that Israel now has the right to build their temple on that very spot of ground. Then, Here they come with their offerings of gold. Here comes sheep and goats from the very regions that right now would not give the Jews one dime. I have to take issue with anyone who tries to push this picture off over into the Millennium. The Jews are definitely not going to be building a temple after the Millennial rule is set up. They will be building the temple right in here. It has to be built for the seventieth week of Daniel. That is why John saw it here, in connection with the two prophets of Revelation 11: that will prophesy for the first 3 1/2 years of that week of years. If you follow the rest of this chapter on through, it will plainly tell you in the 10th verse, “And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls.” That is why it is necessary for God to be magnified and sanctified before the eyes of the heathen. Out here in these Gentile nations, I can see young Gentile men, engineers that have the knowledge to know how such a building should be put together, volunteering their time and resources. They will have the necessary equipment. This is why when God has used Israel to set all this in motion, and that hour comes that there is to be a temple, there will be as many Gentiles working on it and helping build old Jerusalem as there will be Jews. You can find the type way back there in Kings: when King Solomon built that first temple. Out of the nations round about came professional tradesmen, architects, sculptors, tradesmen in all the crafts necessary. That was not all Jews working on it. They came from many different regions. This one that is yet to be built, is being built to get ready for the Messiah to occupy it. That is exactly how you have to see these things, “And the sons of strangers shall build up thy walls and their kings shall minister unto thee: for in my wrath I smote thee, but in my favour have I had mercy on thee.” That means there are some leaders that definitely are going to contribute something. Bro. Jackson, how is that going to be? Well we have a man up there now by the name Clinton, and this peace process they are getting ready to sign, he has already said he is ready to donate so much to the cause: to help establish their economy. Well if they are ready to do that now, what do you think they will do when God is seen in this thing that is on the verge of taking place? I have to say to the critics, You need not argue with me; because, if I live, and you live, there will come the day I can say, Did I not tell you it would be like this? I am sure of it; because the scriptures vindicate the whole picture.